blob: 8ce85d45598de9bc8db250077764e2d3a51e8fbe [file] [log] [blame]
Peter Maydelld95f2602023-12-12 16:23:13 +00001HXCOMM See docs/devel/docs.rst for the format of this file.
2HXCOMM
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00003HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST.
4HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and
5HXCOMM discarded from C version.
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00006HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
7HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
8HXCOMM architectures.
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00009HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +020011DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000012
13DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000014 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000015SRST
16``-h``
17 Display help and exit
18ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000019
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000020DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000021 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000022SRST
23``-version``
24 Display version information and exit
25ERST
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000026
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020027DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
28 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010029 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020030 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéb91b0fc2023-06-24 00:52:29 +020031 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050032 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030033 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080034 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010035 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010036 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080037 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010038 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +080039 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n"
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -050040 " hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n"
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +010041 " memory-backend='backend-id' specifies explicitly provided backend for main RAM (default=none)\n"
Cédric Le Goater57702892022-11-07 17:13:48 +010042 " cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020043 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000044SRST
45``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]``
46 Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list
47 available machines.
48
49 For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
50 across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
51 type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
52 "pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures.
53
54 To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
55 version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8"
56 and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to
57 skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of
58 QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
59
60 Supported machine properties are:
61
62 ``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]``
63 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéb91b0fc2023-06-24 00:52:29 +020064 architecture, kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000065 By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
66 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
67 initialize.
68
69 ``vmport=on|off|auto``
70 Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says
71 to select the value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is
72 off otherwise the default is on.
73
74 ``dump-guest-core=on|off``
75 Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
76
77 ``mem-merge=on|off``
78 Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when
79 supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages
80 among VMs instances (enabled by default).
81
82 ``aes-key-wrap=on|off``
83 Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
84 This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created
85 to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default
86 is on.
87
88 ``dea-key-wrap=on|off``
89 Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
90 This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created
91 to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default
92 is on.
93
94 ``nvdimm=on|off``
95 Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
96
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000097 ``memory-encryption=``
98 Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
99
100 ``hmat=on|off``
101 Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table
102 (HMAT) support. The default is off.
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500103
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100104 ``memory-backend='id'``
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500105 An alternative to legacy ``-mem-path`` and ``mem-prealloc`` options.
106 Allows to use a memory backend as main RAM.
107
108 For example:
109 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100110
111 -object memory-backend-file,id=pc.ram,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,prealloc=on,share=on
112 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
113 -m 512M
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500114
115 Migration compatibility note:
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100116
117 * as backend id one shall use value of 'default-ram-id', advertised by
118 machine type (available via ``query-machines`` QMP command), if migration
119 to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
120 * for machine types 4.0 and older, user shall
121 use ``x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off`` backend option
122 if migration to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
123
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500124 For example:
125 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100126
127 -object memory-backend-ram,id=pc.ram,size=512M,x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off
128 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
129 -m 512M
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100130
131 ``cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]``
132 Define a CXL Fixed Memory Window (CFMW).
133
134 Described in the CXL 2.0 ECN: CEDT CFMWS & QTG _DSM.
135
136 They are regions of Host Physical Addresses (HPA) on a system which
137 may be interleaved across one or more CXL host bridges. The system
138 software will assign particular devices into these windows and
139 configure the downstream Host-managed Device Memory (HDM) decoders
140 in root ports, switch ports and devices appropriately to meet the
141 interleave requirements before enabling the memory devices.
142
143 ``targets.X=target`` provides the mapping to CXL host bridges
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +0100144 which may be identified by the id provided in the -device entry.
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100145 Multiple entries are needed to specify all the targets when
146 the fixed memory window represents interleaved memory. X is the
147 target index from 0.
148
149 ``size=size`` sets the size of the CFMW. This must be a multiple of
150 256MiB. The region will be aligned to 256MiB but the location is
151 platform and configuration dependent.
152
153 ``interleave-granularity=granularity`` sets the granularity of
Yuquan Wangaa88f992024-04-07 16:35:39 +0800154 interleave. Default 256 (bytes). Only 256, 512, 1k, 2k,
155 4k, 8k and 16k granularities supported.
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100156
157 Example:
158
159 ::
160
Yuquan Wangaa88f992024-04-07 16:35:39 +0800161 -machine cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=cxl.0,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=cxl.1,cxl-fmw.0.size=128G,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=512
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000162ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000163
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200164DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M,
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400165 " sgx-epc.0.memdev=memid,sgx-epc.0.node=numaid\n",
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200166 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
167
168SRST
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400169``sgx-epc.0.memdev=@var{memid},sgx-epc.0.node=@var{numaid}``
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200170 Define an SGX EPC section.
171ERST
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200172
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000173DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100174 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000175SRST
176``-cpu model``
177 Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature
178 selection)
179ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000180
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000181DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100182 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéb91b0fc2023-06-24 00:52:29 +0200183 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Paolo Bonzini46472d82019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100184 " igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n"
Paolo Bonzini11bc4a12019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100185 " kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n"
Paolo Bonzini23b08982019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100186 " kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Peter Maydell3cfb0452023-04-17 17:40:32 +0100187 " one-insn-per-tb=on|off (one guest instruction per TCG translation block)\n"
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700188 " split-wx=on|off (enable TCG split w^x mapping)\n"
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100189 " tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n"
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400190 " dirty-ring-size=n (KVM dirty ring GFN count, default 0)\n"
Shameer Kolothumc8f2eb52023-09-05 10:12:46 +0100191 " eager-split-size=n (KVM Eager Page Split chunk size, default 0, disabled. ARM only)\n"
Chenyi Qiange2e69f62022-09-29 15:20:14 +0800192 " notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n (enable notify VM exit and set notify window, x86 only)\n"
Daan De Meyeraef158b2023-10-21 15:40:15 +0200193 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n"
194 " device=path (KVM device path, default /dev/kvm)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000195SRST
196``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]``
197 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéb91b0fc2023-06-24 00:52:29 +0200198 architecture, kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. By
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000199 default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
200 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
201 initialize.
202
203 ``igd-passthru=on|off``
204 When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel
205 integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest
206 (default=off)
207
208 ``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split``
209 Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full
210 acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip
211 reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for
212 non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely
213 is not recommended except for debugging purposes.
214
215 ``kvm-shadow-mem=size``
216 Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
217
Peter Maydell3cfb0452023-04-17 17:40:32 +0100218 ``one-insn-per-tb=on|off``
219 Makes the TCG accelerator put only one guest instruction into
220 each translation block. This slows down emulation a lot, but
221 can be useful in some situations, such as when trying to analyse
222 the logs produced by the ``-d`` option.
223
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700224 ``split-wx=on|off``
225 Controls the use of split w^x mapping for the TCG code generation
226 buffer. Some operating systems require this to be enabled, and in
227 such a case this will default on. On other operating systems, this
228 will default off, but one may enable this for testing or debugging.
229
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000230 ``tb-size=n``
231 Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache.
232
233 ``thread=single|multi``
234 Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +0300235 there will be one thread per vCPU therefore taking advantage of
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000236 additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading
237 where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no
238 incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g.
239 icount/replay).
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400240
241 ``dirty-ring-size=n``
242 When the KVM accelerator is used, it controls the size of the per-vCPU
243 dirty page ring buffer (number of entries for each vCPU). It should
244 be a value that is power of two, and it should be 1024 or bigger (but
245 still less than the maximum value that the kernel supports). 4096
246 could be a good initial value if you have no idea which is the best.
247 Set this value to 0 to disable the feature. By default, this feature
248 is disabled (dirty-ring-size=0). When enabled, KVM will instead
249 record dirty pages in a bitmap.
250
Shameer Kolothumc8f2eb52023-09-05 10:12:46 +0100251 ``eager-split-size=n``
252 KVM implements dirty page logging at the PAGE_SIZE granularity and
253 enabling dirty-logging on a huge-page requires breaking it into
254 PAGE_SIZE pages in the first place. KVM on ARM does this splitting
255 lazily by default. There are performance benefits in doing huge-page
256 split eagerly, especially in situations where TLBI costs associated
257 with break-before-make sequences are considerable and also if guest
258 workloads are read intensive. The size here specifies how many pages
259 to break at a time and needs to be a valid block size which is
260 1GB/2MB/4KB, 32MB/16KB and 512MB/64KB for 4KB/16KB/64KB PAGE_SIZE
261 respectively. Be wary of specifying a higher size as it will have an
262 impact on the memory. By default, this feature is disabled
263 (eager-split-size=0).
264
Chenyi Qiange2e69f62022-09-29 15:20:14 +0800265 ``notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n``
266 Enables or disables notify VM exit support on x86 host and specify
267 the corresponding notify window to trigger the VM exit if enabled.
268 ``run`` option enables the feature. It does nothing and continue
269 if the exit happens. ``internal-error`` option enables the feature.
270 It raises a internal error. ``disable`` option doesn't enable the feature.
271 This feature can mitigate the CPU stuck issue due to event windows don't
272 open up for a specified of time (i.e. notify-window).
273 Default: notify-vmexit=run,notify-window=0.
274
Daan De Meyeraef158b2023-10-21 15:40:15 +0200275 ``device=path``
276 Sets the path to the KVM device node. Defaults to ``/dev/kvm``. This
277 option can be used to pass the KVM device to use via a file descriptor
278 by setting the value to ``/dev/fdset/NN``.
279
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000280ERST
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000281
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000282DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Pierre Morel5de1aff2023-10-16 20:39:06 +0200283 "-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,drawers=drawers][,books=books][,sockets=sockets]\n"
284 " [,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800285 " set the number of initial CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéce8ee7c2021-06-22 15:30:43 +0100286 " maxcpus= maximum number of total CPUs, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700287 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Pierre Morel5de1aff2023-10-16 20:39:06 +0200288 " drawers= number of drawers on the machine board\n"
289 " books= number of books in one drawer\n"
290 " sockets= number of sockets in one book\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800291 " dies= number of dies in one socket\n"
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800292 " clusters= number of clusters in one die\n"
293 " cores= number of cores in one cluster\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800294 " threads= number of threads in one core\n"
295 "Note: Different machines may have different subsets of the CPU topology\n"
296 " parameters supported, so the actual meaning of the supported parameters\n"
297 " will vary accordingly. For example, for a machine type that supports a\n"
298 " three-level CPU hierarchy of sockets/cores/threads, the parameters will\n"
299 " sequentially mean as below:\n"
300 " sockets means the number of sockets on the machine board\n"
301 " cores means the number of cores in one socket\n"
302 " threads means the number of threads in one core\n"
303 " For a particular machine type board, an expected CPU topology hierarchy\n"
304 " can be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters\n"
305 " can also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values\n"
306 " must be set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.\n",
307 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000308SRST
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800309``-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]``
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100310 Simulate a SMP system with '\ ``n``\ ' CPUs initially present on
311 the machine type board. On boards supporting CPU hotplug, the optional
312 '\ ``maxcpus``\ ' parameter can be set to enable further CPUs to be
Yanan Wang7d8c5a32021-09-29 10:58:05 +0800313 added at runtime. When both parameters are omitted, the maximum number
314 of CPUs will be calculated from the provided topology members and the
315 initial CPU count will match the maximum number. When only one of them
316 is given then the omitted one will be set to its counterpart's value.
317 Both parameters may be specified, but the maximum number of CPUs must
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800318 be equal to or greater than the initial CPU count. Product of the
319 CPU topology hierarchy must be equal to the maximum number of CPUs.
320 Both parameters are subject to an upper limit that is determined by
321 the specific machine type chosen.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100322
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800323 To control reporting of CPU topology information, values of the topology
324 parameters can be specified. Machines may only support a subset of the
325 parameters and different machines may have different subsets supported
326 which vary depending on capacity of the corresponding CPU targets. So
327 for a particular machine type board, an expected topology hierarchy can
328 be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters can
329 also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values must be
330 set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100331
332 Either the initial CPU count, or at least one of the topology parameters
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800333 must be specified. The specified parameters must be greater than zero,
334 explicit configuration like "cpus=0" is not allowed. Values for any
335 omitted parameters will be computed from those which are given.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800336
337 For example, the following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy
338 (2 sockets totally on the machine, 2 cores per socket, 2 threads per
339 core) for a machine that only supports sockets/cores/threads.
340 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
341 automatically computed:
342
343 ::
344
345 -smp 8,sockets=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=8
346
347 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
348 totally on the machine, 2 dies per socket, 2 cores per die, 2 threads
349 per core) for PC machines which support sockets/dies/cores/threads.
350 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
351 automatically computed:
352
353 ::
354
355 -smp 16,sockets=2,dies=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
356
Yanan Wangd55c3162022-01-07 16:32:27 +0800357 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
358 totally on the machine, 2 clusters per socket, 2 cores per cluster,
359 2 threads per core) for ARM virt machines which support sockets/clusters
360 /cores/threads. Some members of the option can be omitted but their values
361 will be automatically computed:
362
363 ::
364
365 -smp 16,sockets=2,clusters=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
366
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800367 Historically preference was given to the coarsest topology parameters
368 when computing missing values (ie sockets preferred over cores, which
369 were preferred over threads), however, this behaviour is considered
Yanan Wang4a0af292021-09-29 10:58:09 +0800370 liable to change. Prior to 6.2 the preference was sockets over cores
371 over threads. Since 6.2 the preference is cores over sockets over threads.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800372
373 For example, the following option defines a machine board with 2 sockets
374 of 1 core before 6.2 and 1 socket of 2 cores after 6.2:
375
376 ::
377
378 -smp 2
Yicong Yang97f4eff2022-12-29 14:55:09 +0800379
380 Note: The cluster topology will only be generated in ACPI and exposed
381 to guest if it's explicitly specified in -smp.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000382ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000383
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000384DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +0800385 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
386 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100387 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
Liu Jingqi9b12dfa2019-12-13 09:19:23 +0800388 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n"
Liu Jingqic412a482019-12-13 09:19:24 +0800389 "-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n"
390 "-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n",
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100391 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000392SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000393``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
394 \
395``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
396 \
397``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance``
398 \
399``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]``
400 \
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +0100401``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=type[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000402 \
403``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000404 Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA
405 distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI
406 Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes.
407
408 Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and
409 lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a
410 contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is
411 omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by
412 providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is
413 omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them.
414
415 For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a
416 NUMA node:
417
418 ::
419
420 -numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
421
422 '\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option
423 which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to
424 assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of
425 CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
426 machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with
427 '\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ '
428 property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's
429 required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before
430 it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option.
431
432 For example:
433
434 ::
435
436 -M pc \
437 -smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
438 -numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
439 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
440
Yohei Kojima4f513982023-04-24 10:22:45 +0100441 '\ ``memdev``\ ' option assigns RAM from a given memory backend
442 device to a node. It is recommended to use '\ ``memdev``\ ' option
443 over legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' option. This is because '\ ``memdev``\ '
444 option provides better performance and more control over the
445 backend's RAM (e.g. '\ ``prealloc``\ ' parameter of
446 '\ ``-memory-backend-ram``\ ' allows memory preallocation).
Igor Mammedov32a354d2020-06-09 09:56:35 -0400447
Yohei Kojima4f513982023-04-24 10:22:45 +0100448 For compatibility reasons, legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' option is
449 supported in 5.0 and older machine types. Note that '\ ``mem``\ '
450 and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive. If one node uses
451 '\ ``memdev``\ ', the rest nodes have to use '\ ``memdev``\ '
452 option, and vice versa.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000453
Yohei Kojima4f513982023-04-24 10:22:45 +0100454 Users must specify memory for all NUMA nodes by '\ ``memdev``\ '
455 (or legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' if available). In QEMU 5.2, the support
456 for '\ ``-numa node``\ ' without memory specified was removed.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000457
458 '\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an
459 initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or
460 largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be
461 set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'.
462
463 Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has
464 CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that
465 because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself
466 and must be itself.
467
468 ::
469
470 -machine hmat=on \
471 -m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \
472 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
473 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
474 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
475 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
476 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
477 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
478 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1
479
480 source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA
481 distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to
482 itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then
483 all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only
484 given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in
485 the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an
486 asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then
487 all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions,
488 even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from
489 another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
490
491 Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified
492 resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This
493 means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to
494 allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
495
496 Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth
497 Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI
498 Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can
499 create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors.
500 Target NUMA node contains addressable memory.
501
502 In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is
503 the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is
504 'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if
505 hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this
506 structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches
507 for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by
508 this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is
509 'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of
510 the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is
511 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is
512 'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit
513 bandwidth of the target memory side cache.
514
515 lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the
516 possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth
517 value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on
518 used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means
519 the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided.
520
521 In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory
522 belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is
523 the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache
524 level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option.
525 associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is
526 'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy
527 is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes.
528
529 For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has
530 2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0
531 access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds,
532 access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access
533 memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds,
534 access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information,
535 NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB,
536 policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes:
537
538 ::
539
540 -machine hmat=on \
541 -m 2G \
542 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
543 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
Yanan Wang848dd262021-09-28 20:11:34 +0800544 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000545 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
546 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
547 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
548 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \
549 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \
550 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \
551 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \
552 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \
553 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \
554 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8
555ERST
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000556
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100557DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
558 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
559 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000560SRST
561``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]``
562 Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
563
564 ``fd=fd``
565 This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is
566 added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or
567 stderr.
568
569 ``set=set``
570 This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file
571 descriptor to.
572
573 ``opaque=opaque``
574 This option defines a free-form string that can be used to
575 describe fd.
576
577 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
578 set:
579
580 .. parsed-literal::
581
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +0200582 |qemu_system| \\
583 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
584 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000585 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
586ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100587
588DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
589 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
590 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
591 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000592SRST
593``-set group.id.arg=value``
594 Set parameter arg for item id of type group
595ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100596
597DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200598 "-global driver.property=value\n"
599 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100600 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
601 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000602SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000603``-global driver.prop=value``
604 \
605``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000606 Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.:
607
608 .. parsed-literal::
609
610 |qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
611
612 In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices
613 which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a
614 device which is not created automatically and set properties on it,
615 use -``device``.
616
617 -global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global
618 driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works
619 even when driver contains a dot.
620ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100621
622DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
623 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800624 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100625 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
626 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
627 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
628 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
629 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000630SRST
631``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]``
632 Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive
633 letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
634 (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p
635 (Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default.
636 To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify
637 it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter
638 should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of
639 devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support
640 both at the same time.
641
642 Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far
643 as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
644
645 A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it
646 as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If
647 firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system
648 support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a
649 BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be
650 supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480,
651 800x640.
652
653 A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout
654 ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will
655 not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios
656 for X86 system support it.
657
658 Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports
659 it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex
660 options. The default is non-strict boot.
661
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000662 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000663
664 # try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
665 |qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc
666 # boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
667 |qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d
668 # boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
669 |qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
670
671 Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its
672 use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
673ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100674
675DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300676 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100677 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200678 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200679 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400680 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
Thomas Hutha635bcf2023-07-03 09:56:46 +0200681 " Note: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100682 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000683SRST
684``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]``
685 Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
686 Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in
687 megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem
688 could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum
689 amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size.
690
691 For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM
692 size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets
693 the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
694
695 .. parsed-literal::
696
697 |qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
698
699 If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be
700 enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
701ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100702
703DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
704 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000705SRST
706``-mem-path path``
707 Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path.
708ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100709
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100710DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
711 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
712 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000713SRST
714``-mem-prealloc``
715 Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
716ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100717
718DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
719 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
720 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000721SRST
722``-k language``
723 Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This
724 option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes
725 (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
726 display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or
727 PC/Windows hosts.
728
729 The available layouts are:
730
731 ::
732
733 ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
734 da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
735 de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
736
737 The default is ``en-us``.
738ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100739
740
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200741DEF("audio", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audio,
Paolo Bonzini1ebdbff2023-09-21 10:23:58 +0200742 "-audio [driver=]driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
743 " specifies default audio backend when `audiodev` is not\n"
744 " used to create a machine or sound device;"
745 " options are the same as for -audiodev\n"
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200746 "-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
747 " specifies the audio backend and device to use;\n"
748 " apart from 'model', options are the same as for -audiodev.\n"
749 " use '-audio model=help' to show possible devices.\n",
750 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
751SRST
Paolo Bonzini1ebdbff2023-09-21 10:23:58 +0200752``-audio [driver=]driver[,model=value][,prop[=value][,...]]``
753 If the ``model`` option is specified, ``-audio`` is a shortcut
754 for configuring both the guest audio hardware and the host audio
755 backend in one go. The guest hardware model can be set with
756 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available
757 device types.
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200758
759 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-audio``
760 can be used to shorten the command line length:
761
762 .. parsed-literal::
763
764 |qemu_system| -audiodev pa,id=pa -device sb16,audiodev=pa
765 |qemu_system| -audio pa,model=sb16
Paolo Bonzini1ebdbff2023-09-21 10:23:58 +0200766
767 If the ``model`` option is not specified, ``-audio`` is used to
768 configure a default audio backend that will be used whenever the
769 ``audiodev`` property is not set on a device or machine. In
770 particular, ``-audio none`` ensures that no audio is produced even
771 for machines that have embedded sound hardware.
772
773 In both cases, the driver option is the same as with the corresponding
774 ``-audiodev`` option below. Use ``driver=help`` to list the available
775 drivers.
776
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200777ERST
778
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100779DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
780 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
781 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
Claudio Fontana5e03b6d2022-09-08 10:14:41 +0200782 " Use ``-audiodev help`` to list the available drivers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100783 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
784 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200785 " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100786 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
787 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
788 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
789 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
Volker Rümelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100790 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100791 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100792 " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100793 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
794 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
795#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
796 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
797 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100798 " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100799 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
800 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
801#endif
802#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
803 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
804 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
805#endif
806#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
807 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
808 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
809#endif
810#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
811 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
812 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
813 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
814 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
815 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
816 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
817 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
818#endif
819#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
820 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
821 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
822 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi14d4f012019-10-04 13:56:41 +0100823 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100824#endif
Dorinda Basseyc2d3d1c2023-04-17 12:56:54 +0200825#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PIPEWIRE
826 "-audiodev pipewire,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
827 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
828 " in|out.stream-name= name of pipewire stream\n"
829 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
830#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100831#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
832 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Volker Rümelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100833 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100834#endif
Alexandre Ratchov663df1c2022-09-07 15:23:42 +0200835#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SNDIO
836 "-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
837#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100838#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
839 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
840#endif
Marc-André Lureau739362d2021-03-09 17:15:28 +0400841#ifdef CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY
842 "-audiodev dbus,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
843#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100844 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
845 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
846 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000847SRST
848``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
849 Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global
850 and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently
851 for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set
852 the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with
853 ``out.prop``. For example:
854
855 ::
856
857 -audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
858 -audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
859
860 NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
861 specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message
862 and continue emulation without sound.
863
864 Valid global options are:
865
866 ``id=identifier``
867 Identifies the audio backend.
868
869 ``timer-period=period``
870 Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in
871 microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms).
872
873 ``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off``
874 Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and
875 convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When
876 off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this
877 option means that the selected backend must support multiple
878 streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards,
879 otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable
880 this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing
881 engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on.
882
883 ``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off``
884 Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change
885 based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you
886 must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on.
887
888 ``in|out.frequency=frequency``
889 Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default
890 is 44100Hz.
891
892 ``in|out.channels=channels``
893 Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings.
894 Default is 2 (stereo).
895
896 ``in|out.format=format``
897 Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings.
898 Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``,
Volker Rümelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100899 ``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000900
901 ``in|out.voices=voices``
902 Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1.
903
904 ``in|out.buffer-length=usecs``
905 Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
906
907``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
908 Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has
909 no backend specific properties.
910
911``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
912 Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
913 Linux.
914
915 ALSA specific options are:
916
917 ``in|out.dev=device``
918 Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default
919 is ``default``.
920
921 ``in|out.period-length=usecs``
922 Sets the period length in microseconds.
923
924 ``in|out.try-poll=on|off``
925 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
926
927 ``threshold=threshold``
928 Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
929
930``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
931 Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
932 available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
933
934 Core Audio specific options are:
935
936 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
937 Sets the count of the buffers.
938
939``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
940 Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is
941 only available on Windows and only supports playback.
942
943 DirectSound specific options are:
944
945 ``latency=usecs``
946 Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is
947 10000 (10 ms).
948
949``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
950 Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
951 Unix-like systems.
952
953 OSS specific options are:
954
955 ``in|out.dev=device``
956 Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is
957 ``/dev/dsp``.
958
959 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
960 Sets the count of the buffers.
961
962 ``in|out.try-poll=on|of``
963 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
964
965 ``try-mmap=on|off``
966 Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
967
968 ``exclusive=on|off``
969 Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this
970 case). Default is off.
971
972 ``dsp-policy=policy``
973 Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number
974 means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use
975 buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This
976 option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
977
978``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
979 Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on
980 most systems.
981
982 PulseAudio specific options are:
983
984 ``server=server``
985 Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to.
986
987 ``in|out.name=sink``
988 Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
989
990 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
991 Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try
992 to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher.
993
Dorinda Basseyc2d3d1c2023-04-17 12:56:54 +0200994``-audiodev pipewire,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
Marc-André Lureau20c51242023-05-06 20:37:26 +0400995 Creates a backend using PipeWire. This backend is available on
Dorinda Basseyc2d3d1c2023-04-17 12:56:54 +0200996 most systems.
997
Marc-André Lureau20c51242023-05-06 20:37:26 +0400998 PipeWire specific options are:
Dorinda Basseyc2d3d1c2023-04-17 12:56:54 +0200999
1000 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
1001 Desired latency in microseconds.
1002
1003 ``in|out.name=sink``
1004 Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
1005
1006 ``in|out.stream-name``
1007 Specify the name of pipewire stream.
1008
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001009``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1010 Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most
1011 systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if
Volker Rümelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +01001012 possible.
1013
1014 SDL specific options are:
1015
1016 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
1017 Sets the count of the buffers.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001018
Alexandre Ratchov663df1c2022-09-07 15:23:42 +02001019``-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1020 Creates a backend using SNDIO. This backend is available on
1021 OpenBSD and most other Unix-like systems.
1022
1023 Sndio specific options are:
1024
1025 ``in|out.dev=device``
1026 Specify the sndio device to use for input and/or output. Default
1027 is ``default``.
1028
1029 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
1030 Sets the desired period length in microseconds.
1031
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001032``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1033 Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend
1034 requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so
1035 usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend
1036 specific properties.
1037
1038``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1039 Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
1040
1041 Backend specific options are:
1042
1043 ``path=path``
1044 Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
1045 ``qemu.wav``.
1046ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001047
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001048DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
1049 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
1050 " add device (based on driver)\n"
1051 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
1052 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
1053 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
1054 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001055SRST
1056``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1057 Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid
1058 properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and
1059 properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``.
1060
1061 Some drivers are:
1062
Corey Minyard789101b2020-07-17 11:37:02 -05001063``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001064 Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
1065 interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a
1066 watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You
1067 need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
1068
1069 The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This
1070 address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
1071 controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
1072 it.
1073
1074 ``id=id``
1075 The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
1076
1077 ``slave_addr=val``
1078 Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
1079
1080 ``sdrfile=file``
1081 file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default
1082 is none.
1083
1084 ``fruareasize=val``
1085 size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is
1086 1024.
1087
1088 ``frudatafile=file``
1089 file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data.
1090 The default is none.
1091
1092 ``guid=uuid``
1093 value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this
1094 is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it.
1095 Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error.
1096
1097``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]``
1098 Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
1099 locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an
1100 external entity that provides the IPMI services.
1101
1102 A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this,
1103 it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev
1104 option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note
1105 that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as
1106 the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off
1107 the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external
1108 simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the
1109 simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network.
1110
1111 See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
1112 details on the external interface.
1113
1114``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01001115 Add a KCS IPMI interface on the ISA bus. This also adds a
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001116 corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
1117
1118 ``bmc=id``
1119 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern
1120 above.
1121
1122 ``ioport=val``
1123 Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0
1124 for KCS.
1125
1126 ``irq=val``
1127 Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable
1128 interrupts, set this to 0.
1129
1130``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
1131 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port
1132 is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -05001133
1134``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01001135 Add a KCS IPMI interface on the PCI bus.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -05001136
1137 ``bmc=id``
1138 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
1139
1140``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id``
1141 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus.
Peter Xu7395b3e2021-07-07 11:41:14 -04001142
1143``-device intel-iommu[,option=...]``
1144 This is only supported by ``-machine q35``, which will enable Intel VT-d
1145 emulation within the guest. It supports below options:
1146
1147 ``intremap=on|off`` (default: auto)
1148 This enables interrupt remapping feature. It's required to enable
1149 complete x2apic. Currently it only supports kvm kernel-irqchip modes
1150 ``off`` or ``split``, while full kernel-irqchip is not yet supported.
1151 The default value is "auto", which will be decided by the mode of
1152 kernel-irqchip.
1153
1154 ``caching-mode=on|off`` (default: off)
1155 This enables caching mode for the VT-d emulated device. When
1156 caching-mode is enabled, each guest DMA buffer mapping will generate an
1157 IOTLB invalidation from the guest IOMMU driver to the vIOMMU device in
1158 a synchronous way. It is required for ``-device vfio-pci`` to work
1159 with the VT-d device, because host assigned devices requires to setup
1160 the DMA mapping on the host before guest DMA starts.
1161
1162 ``device-iotlb=on|off`` (default: off)
1163 This enables device-iotlb capability for the emulated VT-d device. So
1164 far virtio/vhost should be the only real user for this parameter,
1165 paired with ats=on configured for the device.
1166
1167 ``aw-bits=39|48`` (default: 39)
1168 This decides the address width of IOVA address space. The address
1169 space has 39 bits width for 3-level IOMMU page tables, and 48 bits for
1170 4-level IOMMU page tables.
1171
1172 Please also refer to the wiki page for general scenarios of VT-d
1173 emulation in QEMU: https://wiki.qemu.org/Features/VT-d.
1174
Eric Auger69501292024-03-07 14:43:05 +01001175``-device virtio-iommu-pci[,option=...]``
1176 This is only supported by ``-machine q35`` (x86_64) and ``-machine virt`` (ARM).
1177 It supports below options:
1178
1179 ``granule=val`` (possible values are 4k, 8k, 16k, 64k and host; default: host)
1180 This decides the default granule to be be exposed by the
1181 virtio-iommu. If host, the granule matches the host page size.
1182
Eric Augerf7ada752024-03-07 14:43:10 +01001183 ``aw-bits=val`` (val between 32 and 64, default depends on machine)
1184 This decides the address width of the IOVA address space.
1185
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001186ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001187
1188DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001189 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001190 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +03001191 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
1192 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001193 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001194 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001195SRST
1196``-name name``
1197 Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL
1198 window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also
1199 optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of
1200 individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
1201ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001202
1203DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
1204 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
1205 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001206SRST
1207``-uuid uuid``
1208 Set system UUID.
1209ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001210
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001211DEFHEADING()
1212
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001213DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001214
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001215SRST
1216The QEMU block device handling options have a long history and
1217have gone through several iterations as the feature set and complexity
1218of the block layer have grown. Many online guides to QEMU often
1219reference older and deprecated options, which can lead to confusion.
1220
Alex Bennéec1654c32023-04-24 10:22:37 +01001221The most explicit way to describe disks is to use a combination of
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001222``-device`` to specify the hardware device and ``-blockdev`` to
1223describe the backend. The device defines what the guest sees and the
Alex Bennéec1654c32023-04-24 10:22:37 +01001224backend describes how QEMU handles the data. It is the only guaranteed
1225stable interface for describing block devices and as such is
1226recommended for management tools and scripting.
1227
1228The ``-drive`` option combines the device and backend into a single
1229command line option which is a more human friendly. There is however no
1230interface stability guarantee although some older board models still
1231need updating to work with the modern blockdev forms.
1232
1233Older options like ``-hda`` are essentially macros which expand into
1234``-drive`` options for various drive interfaces. The original forms
1235bake in a lot of assumptions from the days when QEMU was emulating a
1236legacy PC, they are not recommended for modern configurations.
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001237
1238ERST
1239
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001240DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001241 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1242DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001243SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001244``-fda file``
1245 \
1246``-fdb file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001247 Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see the :ref:`disk images` chapter in
1248 the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001249ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001250
1251DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001252 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001253DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001254DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001255 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001256DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001257SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001258``-hda file``
1259 \
1260``-hdb file``
1261 \
1262``-hdc file``
1263 \
1264``-hdd file``
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001265 Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image on the default bus of the
1266 emulated machine (this is for example the IDE bus on most x86 machines,
1267 but it can also be SCSI, virtio or something else on other target
1268 architectures). See also the :ref:`disk images` chapter in the System
1269 Emulation Users Guide.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001270ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001271
1272DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001273 "-cdrom file use 'file' as CD-ROM image\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001274 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001275SRST
1276``-cdrom file``
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001277 Use file as CD-ROM image on the default bus of the emulated machine
1278 (which is IDE1 master on x86, so you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom``
1279 at the same time there). On systems that support it, you can use the
1280 host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom`` as filename.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001281ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001282
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001283DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
1284 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
1285 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +02001286 " [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n"
1287 " [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001288 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
1289 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001290SRST
1291``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1292 Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all
1293 block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block
1294 driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the
1295 most common block drivers.
1296
1297 Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can
1298 be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already
1299 existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline,
1300 adding options for the referenced node after a dot
1301 (file.filename=path,file.aio=native).
1302
1303 A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a
1304 guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property
1305 in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device.
1306
1307 ``Valid options for any block driver node:``
1308 ``driver``
1309 Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
1310
1311 ``node-name``
1312 This defines the name of the block driver node by which it
1313 will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it
1314 must not match the name of a different block driver node, or
1315 (if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive.
1316
1317 If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated.
1318 The generated node name is not intended to be predictable
1319 and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an
1320 explicit node name must be specified.
1321
1322 ``read-only``
1323 Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
1324
1325 Note that some block drivers support only read-only access,
1326 either generally or in certain configurations. In this case,
1327 the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the
1328 option must be specified explicitly.
1329
1330 ``auto-read-only``
1331 If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to
1332 read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or
1333 even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on
1334 whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user
1335 is attached to the node.
1336
1337 ``force-share``
1338 Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the
1339 node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where
1340 it would normally request exclusive access. When there is
1341 the potential for multiple instances to have the same file
1342 open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the
1343 second instance), both instances must permit shared access
1344 for the second instance to succeed at opening the file.
1345
1346 Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``.
1347
1348 ``cache.direct``
1349 The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``.
1350 This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's
1351 memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data.
1352
1353 ``cache.no-flush``
1354 In case you don't care about data integrity over host
1355 failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option
1356 tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk
1357 but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
1358 wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting
1359 disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most
1360 probably be rendered unusable.
1361
1362 ``discard=discard``
1363 discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on")
1364 and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or
1365 ``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem.
1366 Some machine types may not support discard requests.
1367
1368 ``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes``
1369 detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the
1370 automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to
1371 driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even
1372 choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero
1373 write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation.
1374
1375 ``Driver-specific options for file``
1376 This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular
1377 files.
1378
1379 ``filename``
1380 The path to the image file in the local filesystem
1381
1382 ``aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001383 Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native/io_uring,
1384 default: threads)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001385
1386 ``locking``
1387 Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD
1388 / POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File
1389 Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied.
1390 (auto/on/off, default: auto)
1391
1392 Example:
1393
1394 ::
1395
1396 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
1397
1398 ``Driver-specific options for raw``
1399 This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is
1400 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1401 ``file``.
1402
1403 ``file``
1404 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1405 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1406
1407 Example 1:
1408
1409 ::
1410
1411 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
1412 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
1413
1414 Example 2:
1415
1416 ::
1417
1418 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
1419
1420 ``Driver-specific options for qcow2``
1421 This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is
1422 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1423 ``file``.
1424
1425 ``file``
1426 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1427 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1428
1429 ``backing``
1430 Reference to or definition of the backing file block device
1431 (default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to
1432 pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing
1433 file.
1434
1435 ``lazy-refcounts``
1436 Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off;
1437 default is taken from the image file)
1438
1439 ``cache-size``
1440 The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block
1441 caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and
1442 refcount-cache-size)
1443
1444 ``l2-cache-size``
1445 The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if
1446 cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M
1447 on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible
1448 within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the
1449 minimal refcount cache size)
1450
1451 ``refcount-cache-size``
1452 The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
1453 (default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is
1454 specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2
1455 cache)
1456
1457 ``cache-clean-interval``
1458 Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The
1459 interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on
1460 supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it
1461 to 0 disables this feature.
1462
1463 ``pass-discard-request``
1464 Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be
1465 forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if
1466 discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
1467
1468 ``pass-discard-snapshot``
1469 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1470 issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot)
1471 frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on)
1472
1473 ``pass-discard-other``
1474 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1475 issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed
1476 (on/off; default: off)
1477
Jean-Louis Dupond42a28902023-06-05 10:45:24 +02001478 ``discard-no-unref``
Jean-Louis Dupondb2b10902023-10-03 14:52:37 +02001479 When enabled, data clusters will remain preallocated when they are
1480 no longer used, e.g. because they are discarded or converted to
1481 zero clusters. As usual, whether the old data is discarded or kept
1482 on the protocol level (i.e. in the image file) depends on the
1483 setting of the pass-discard-request option. Keeping the clusters
1484 preallocated prevents qcow2 fragmentation that would otherwise be
1485 caused by freeing and re-allocating them later. Besides potential
Jean-Louis Dupond42a28902023-06-05 10:45:24 +02001486 performance degradation, such fragmentation can lead to increased
1487 allocation of clusters past the end of the image file,
1488 resulting in image files whose file length can grow much larger
1489 than their guest disk size would suggest.
1490 If image file length is of concern (e.g. when storing qcow2
1491 images directly on block devices), you should consider enabling
1492 this option.
1493
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001494 ``overlap-check``
1495 Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
1496 (none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or
1497 finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of
1498 ``blockdev-add``.
1499
1500 Example 1:
1501
1502 ::
1503
1504 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1505 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1506
1507 Example 2:
1508
1509 ::
1510
1511 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1512
1513 ``Driver-specific options for other drivers``
1514 Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add``
1515 QMP command.
1516ERST
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001517
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001518DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1519 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001520 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001521 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001522 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name]\n"
1523 " [,aio=threads|native|io_uring]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001524 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001525 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001526 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1527 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1528 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1529 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001530 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001531 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001532 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001533SRST
1534``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1535 Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the
1536 backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for
1537 defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options.
1538
1539 ``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``.
1540 In addition, it knows the following options:
1541
1542 ``file=file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001543 This option defines which disk image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1544 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide) to use with this drive.
1545 If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001546 "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
1547
1548 Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using
1549 protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax"
1550 for more information.
1551
1552 ``if=interface``
1553 This option defines on which type on interface the drive is
1554 connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy,
1555 pflash, virtio, none.
1556
1557 ``bus=bus,unit=unit``
1558 These options define where is connected the drive by defining
1559 the bus number and the unit id.
1560
1561 ``index=index``
Laurent Vivier35aab302022-02-02 15:34:22 +01001562 This option defines where the drive is connected by using an
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001563 index in the list of available connectors of a given interface
1564 type.
1565
1566 ``media=media``
1567 This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
1568
1569 ``snapshot=snapshot``
1570 snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the
1571 given drive (see ``-snapshot``).
1572
1573 ``cache=cache``
1574 cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or
1575 "writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access
1576 block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct``
1577 and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and
1578 additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for
1579 the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in
1580 ``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings:
1581
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001582 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1583 \ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1584 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1585 writeback on off off
1586 none on on off
1587 writethrough off off off
1588 directsync off on off
1589 unsafe on off on
1590 ============= =============== ============ ==============
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001591
1592 The default mode is ``cache=writeback``.
1593
1594 ``aio=aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001595 aio is "threads", "native", or "io_uring" and selects between pthread
1596 based disk I/O, native Linux AIO, or Linux io_uring API.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001597
1598 ``format=format``
1599 Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the
1600 format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
1601 an untrusted format header.
1602
1603 ``werror=action,rerror=action``
1604 Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid
1605 actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue),
1606 "stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest),
1607 "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the
1608 error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is
1609 ``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``.
1610
1611 ``copy-on-read=copy-on-read``
1612 copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read
1613 backing file sectors into the image file.
1614
1615 ``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w``
1616 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1617 for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values
1618 can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum
1619 for disks is 2 MB/s.
1620
1621 ``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm``
1622 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1623 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1624 above the limit temporarily.
1625
1626 ``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w``
1627 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1628 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1629
1630 ``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm``
1631 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1632 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1633 spike above the limit temporarily.
1634
1635 ``iops_size=is``
1636 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1637 throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from
1638 circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1639
1640 ``group=g``
1641 Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that
1642 are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use
1643 this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling
1644 limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger
1645 disk.
1646
1647 By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report
1648 data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host
1649 page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to
1650 correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not
1651 handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or
1652 loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption.
1653
1654 For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``.
1655 This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write
1656 data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after
1657 QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that
1658 this has a major impact on performance.
1659
1660 When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used.
1661
1662 Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors
1663 repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow
1664 network. By default copy-on-read is off.
1665
1666 Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use:
1667
1668 .. parsed-literal::
1669
1670 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
1671
1672 Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use:
1673
1674 .. parsed-literal::
1675
1676 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1677 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1678 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1679 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
1680
1681 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
1682 set:
1683
1684 .. parsed-literal::
1685
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02001686 |qemu_system| \\
1687 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
1688 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001689 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
1690
1691 You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1692
1693 .. parsed-literal::
1694
1695 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1696
1697 If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty
1698 drive:
1699
1700 .. parsed-literal::
1701
1702 |qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1703
1704 Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use:
1705
1706 .. parsed-literal::
1707
1708 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1709 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
1710
1711 By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically
1712 incremented:
1713
1714 .. parsed-literal::
1715
John Snowa234ec32023-02-02 17:31:21 -05001716 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001717
1718 is interpreted like:
1719
1720 .. parsed-literal::
1721
1722 |qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b
1723ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001724
1725DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001726 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1727 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001728SRST
1729``-mtdblock file``
1730 Use file as on-board Flash memory image.
1731ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001732
1733DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001734 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001735SRST
1736``-sd file``
1737 Use file as SecureDigital card image.
1738ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001739
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001740DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001741 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1742 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001743SRST
1744``-snapshot``
1745 Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1746 the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001747 force the write back by pressing C-a s (see the :ref:`disk images`
1748 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Alex Bennéec1654c32023-04-24 10:22:37 +01001749
1750 .. warning::
1751 snapshot is incompatible with ``-blockdev`` (instead use qemu-img
1752 to manually create snapshot images to attach to your blockdev).
1753 If you have mixed ``-blockdev`` and ``-drive`` declarations you
1754 can use the 'snapshot' property on your drive declarations
1755 instead of this global option.
1756
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001757ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001758
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301759DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001760 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001761 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001762 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1763 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1764 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1765 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001766 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001767 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1768 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001769 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301770 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1771
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001772SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001773``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001774 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001775``-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001776 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001777``-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001778 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001779``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001780 Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1781
1782 ``local``
1783 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1784
1785 ``proxy``
Christian Schoenebeck71d72ec2023-06-26 13:49:06 +02001786 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1). This
1787 option is deprecated (since QEMU 8.1) and will be removed in a future
1788 version of QEMU. Use ``local`` instead.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001789
1790 ``synth``
1791 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1792
1793 ``id=id``
1794 Specifies identifier for this device.
1795
1796 ``path=path``
1797 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1798 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1799
1800 ``security_model=security_model``
1801 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1802 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1803 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1804 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1805 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1806 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1807 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1808 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1809 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1810 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1811 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1812 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1813 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1814 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1815 parameter.
1816
1817 ``writeout=writeout``
1818 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1819 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1820 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1821 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1822 storage subsystem.
1823
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001824 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001825 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1826 default read-write access is given.
1827
1828 ``socket=socket``
1829 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1830 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1831
1832 ``sock_fd=sock_fd``
1833 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor
1834 for communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper
1835 like libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1836 sock\_fd.
1837
1838 ``fmode=fmode``
1839 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1840 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1841 "mapped-file".
1842
1843 ``dmode=dmode``
1844 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1845 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1846 "mapped-file".
1847
1848 ``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w``
1849 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1850 for all request types or for reads or writes only.
1851
1852 ``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm``
1853 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1854 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1855 above the limit temporarily.
1856
1857 ``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w``
1858 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1859 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1860
1861 ``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm``
1862 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1863 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1864 spike above the limit temporarily.
1865
1866 ``throttling.iops-size=is``
1867 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1868 throttling purposes.
1869
1870 -fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1871
1872``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag``
1873 Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
1874
1875 ``type``
1876 Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci",
1877 "ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type.
1878
1879 ``fsdev=id``
1880 Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
1881
1882 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1883 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1884 export point.
1885ERST
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301886
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301887DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001888 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001889 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
1890 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1891 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1892 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly=on]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301893 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1894
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001895SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001896``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001897 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001898``-virtfs proxy,socket=socket,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001899 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001900``-virtfs proxy,sock_fd=sock_fd,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001901 \
1902``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag``
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001903 Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using
1904 a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain
1905 directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through
1906 file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between
1907 host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +01001908 simultaneously.
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001909
1910 Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its
1911 generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``.
1912
1913 The general form of pass-through file system options are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001914
1915 ``local``
1916 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1917
1918 ``proxy``
1919 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
Christian Schoenebeck71d72ec2023-06-26 13:49:06 +02001920 This option is deprecated (since QEMU 8.1) and will be removed in a
1921 future version of QEMU. Use ``local`` instead.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001922
1923 ``synth``
1924 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1925
1926 ``id=id``
1927 Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
1928
1929 ``path=path``
1930 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1931 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1932
1933 ``security_model=security_model``
1934 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1935 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1936 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1937 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1938 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1939 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1940 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1941 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1942 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1943 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1944 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1945 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1946 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1947 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1948 parameter.
1949
1950 ``writeout=writeout``
1951 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1952 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1953 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1954 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1955 storage subsystem.
1956
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001957 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001958 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1959 default read-write access is given.
1960
1961 ``socket=socket``
1962 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1963 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like
1964 libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1965 sock\_fd.
1966
1967 ``sock_fd``
1968 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock\_fd' as the
1969 socket descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1970
1971 ``fmode=fmode``
1972 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1973 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1974 "mapped-file".
1975
1976 ``dmode=dmode``
1977 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1978 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1979 "mapped-file".
1980
1981 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1982 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1983 export point.
1984
1985 ``multidevs=multidevs``
1986 Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a
1987 9p export. Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or
1988 "warn". The latter is the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p
1989 expects only one device to be shared with the same export, and
1990 if more than one device is shared and accessed via the same 9p
1991 export then only a warning message is logged (once) by qemu on
1992 host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest you
1993 should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to
1994 be shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap"
1995 instead which allows you to share multiple devices with only one
1996 export instead, which is achieved by remapping the original
1997 inode numbers from host to guest in a way that would prevent
1998 such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases is required
1999 because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
2000 exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with
2001 virtfs always share the same device id on guest. So two files
2002 with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices
2003 on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence
2004 potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on the other hand
2005 assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the same
2006 export, however it will not only log a warning message but also
2007 deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that
2008 "forbid" does currently not block all possible file access
2009 operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from other
2010 devices).
2011ERST
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05302012
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02002013DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
Daniel P. Berrangéc3b3a6c2022-12-01 04:25:05 -05002014 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password][,password-secret=secret-id]\n"
2015 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE]\n"
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02002016 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
2017 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
2018 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
2019
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002020SRST
2021``-iscsi``
2022 Configure iSCSI session parameters.
2023ERST
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02002024
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002025DEFHEADING()
2026
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002027DEFHEADING(USB convenience options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002028
2029DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01002030 "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002031 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002032SRST
2033``-usb``
2034 Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host
2035 controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host
2036 controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case
2037 ``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI.
2038ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002039
2040DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
2041 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
2042 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002043SRST
2044``-usbdevice devname``
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002045 Add the USB device devname, and enable an on-board USB controller
2046 if possible and necessary (just like it can be done via
2047 ``-machine usb=on``). Note that this option is mainly intended for
2048 the user's convenience only. More fine-grained control can be
2049 achieved by selecting a USB host controller (if necessary) and the
2050 desired USB device via the ``-device`` option instead. For example,
2051 instead of using ``-usbdevice mouse`` it is possible to use
2052 ``-device qemu-xhci -device usb-mouse`` to connect the USB mouse
2053 to a USB 3.0 controller instead (at least on machines that support
2054 PCI and do not have an USB controller enabled by default yet).
2055 For more details, see the chapter about
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002056 :ref:`Connecting USB devices` in the System Emulation Users Guide.
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002057 Possible devices for devname are:
2058
2059 ``braille``
2060 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
2061 output on a real or fake device (i.e. it also creates a
2062 corresponding ``braille`` chardev automatically beside the
2063 ``usb-braille`` USB device).
2064
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002065 ``keyboard``
2066 Standard USB keyboard. Will override the PS/2 keyboard (if present).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002067
2068 ``mouse``
2069 Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when
2070 activated.
2071
2072 ``tablet``
2073 Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a
2074 touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse
2075 position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the
2076 PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
2077
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002078 ``wacom-tablet``
2079 Wacom PenPartner USB tablet.
2080
2081
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002082ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002083
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002084DEFHEADING()
2085
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002086DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002087
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01002088DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002089#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01002090 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002091#endif
2092#if defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Hutha743d602022-05-19 17:56:23 +02002093 "-display sdl[,gl=on|core|es|off][,grab-mod=<mod>][,show-cursor=on|off]\n"
2094 " [,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002095#endif
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002096#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002097 "-display gtk[,full-screen=on|off][,gl=on|off][,grab-on-hover=on|off]\n"
Felix xq Queißnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02002098 " [,show-tabs=on|off][,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n"
BALATON Zoltane26c9402024-02-09 01:05:06 +01002099 " [,show-menubar=on|off][,zoom-to-fit=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002100#endif
2101#if defined(CONFIG_VNC)
2102 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
2103#endif
2104#if defined(CONFIG_CURSES)
2105 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
2106#endif
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09002107#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Gustavo Noronha Silva4797adc2022-03-06 21:11:19 +09002108 "-display cocoa[,full-grab=on|off][,swap-opt-cmd=on|off]\n"
Akihiko Odaki9ab87152023-12-14 15:31:35 +09002109 " [,show-cursor=on|off][,left-command-key=on|off]\n"
Akihiko Odakid502dfc2023-12-14 15:31:36 +09002110 " [,full-screen=on|off][,zoom-to-fit=on|off]\n"
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09002111#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002112#if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL)
2113 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n"
2114#endif
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002115#if defined(CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY)
2116 "-display dbus[,addr=<dbusaddr>]\n"
2117 " [,gl=on|core|es|off][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
2118#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002119 "-display none\n"
2120 " select display backend type\n"
2121 " The default display is equivalent to\n "
2122#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
2123 "\"-display gtk\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002124#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002125 "\"-display sdl\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002126#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002127 "\"-display cocoa\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002128#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002129 "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002130#else
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002131 "\"-display none\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002132#endif
2133 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002134SRST
2135``-display type``
Thomas Huth707d93d2022-05-19 17:56:25 +02002136 Select type of display to use. Use ``-display help`` to list the available
2137 display types. Valid values for type are
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002138
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002139 ``spice-app[,gl=on|off]``
2140 Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
2141 application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles
2142 and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
2143
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002144 ``dbus``
2145 Export the display over D-Bus interfaces. (Since 7.0)
2146
2147 The connection is registered with the "org.qemu" name (and queued when
2148 already owned).
2149
2150 ``addr=<dbusaddr>`` : D-Bus bus address to connect to.
2151
Marc-André Lureau99997822021-10-10 00:16:57 +04002152 ``p2p=yes|no`` : Use peer-to-peer connection, accepted via QMP ``add_client``.
2153
2154 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for rendering (the D-Bus interface
2155 will share framebuffers with DMABUF file descriptors).
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002156
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002157 ``sdl``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002158 Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
2159 window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002160 Valid parameters are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002161
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002162 ``grab-mod=<mods>`` : Used to select the modifier keys for toggling
John Snow450e0f22021-10-04 17:52:36 -04002163 the mouse grabbing in conjunction with the "g" key. ``<mods>`` can be
2164 either ``lshift-lctrl-lalt`` or ``rctrl``.
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002165
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002166 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2167
2168 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2169
2170 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2171
2172 ``gtk``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002173 Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides
2174 drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002175 the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002176
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002177 ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode
2178
2179 ``gl=on|off`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2180
2181 ``grab-on-hover=on|off`` : Grab keyboard input on mouse hover
2182
Felix xq Queißnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02002183 ``show-tabs=on|off`` : Display the tab bar for switching between the
2184 various graphical interfaces (e.g. VGA and
2185 virtual console character devices) by default.
2186
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002187 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2188
2189 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2190
Bryce Millsdbccb1a2022-10-11 13:58:21 +00002191 ``show-menubar=on|off`` : Display the main window menubar, defaults to "on"
2192
Jan Kratochvilc35d9372023-06-28 18:23:36 +08002193 ``zoom-to-fit=on|off`` : Expand video output to the window size,
2194 defaults to "off"
2195
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002196 ``curses[,charset=<encoding>]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002197 Display video output via curses. For graphics device models
2198 which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
2199 curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
2200 device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not
2201 support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models
2202 support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be
2203 specified with the ``charset`` option, for example
2204 ``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is
2205 ``CP437``.
2206
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00002207 ``cocoa``
2208 Display video output in a Cocoa window. Mac only. This interface
2209 provides drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and
2210 control the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
2211
Akihiko Odakid502dfc2023-12-14 15:31:36 +09002212 ``full-grab=on|off`` : Capture all key presses, including system combos.
2213 This requires accessibility permissions, since it
2214 performs a global grab on key events.
2215 (default: off) See
2216 https://support.apple.com/en-in/guide/mac-help/mh32356/mac
2217
2218 ``swap-opt-cmd=on|off`` : Swap the Option and Command keys so that their
2219 key codes match their position on non-Mac
2220 keyboards and you can use Meta/Super and Alt
2221 where you expect them. (default: off)
2222
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00002223 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2224
2225 ``left-command-key=on|off`` : Disable forwarding left command key to host
2226
Akihiko Odakid502dfc2023-12-14 15:31:36 +09002227 ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode
2228
2229 ``zoom-to-fit=on|off`` : Expand video output to the window size,
2230 defaults to "off"
2231
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002232 ``egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002233 Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any
2234 graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either
2235 VNC or SPICE displays.
2236
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002237 ``vnc=<display>``
2238 Start a VNC server on display <display>
2239
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002240 ``none``
2241 Do not display video output. The guest will still see an
2242 emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to
2243 the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in
2244 that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic
2245 also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port
2246 data.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002247ERST
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01002248
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002249DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002250 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
2251 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002252SRST
2253``-nographic``
2254 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2255 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2256 monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable
2257 graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application.
2258 The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with
2259 the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you
2260 can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console.
2261 Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor.
2262ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002263
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002264#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002265DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002266 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
2267 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
2268 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002269 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr]\n"
2270 " [,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,unix=on|off]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002271 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
2272 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
2273 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002274 " [,sasl=on|off][,disable-ticketing=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé36debaf2022-12-01 04:22:11 -05002275 " [,password-secret=<secret-id>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002276 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
2277 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
2278 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002279 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste=on|off]\n"
2280 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02002281 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04002282 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Thomas Hutha635bcf2023-07-03 09:56:46 +02002283 " enable spice\n"
2284 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002285 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002286#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002287SRST
2288``-spice option[,option[,...]]``
2289 Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
2290
2291 ``port=<nr>``
2292 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
2293
2294 ``addr=<addr>``
2295 Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any
2296 address.
2297
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002298 ``ipv4=on|off``; \ ``ipv6=on|off``; \ ``unix=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002299 Force using the specified IP version.
2300
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002301 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2302 Set the ID of the ``secret`` object containing the password
2303 you need to authenticate.
2304
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002305 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002306 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
2307 The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled
2308 from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu'
2309 service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If
2310 running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable
2311 SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate
2312 locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods
2313 can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended
2314 that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings
2315 to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a
2316 data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
2317 credentials.
2318
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002319 ``disable-ticketing=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002320 Allow client connects without authentication.
2321
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002322 ``disable-copy-paste=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002323 Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
2324
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002325 ``disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002326 Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the
2327 guest.
2328
2329 ``tls-port=<nr>``
2330 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
2331
2332 ``x509-dir=<dir>``
2333 Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc
2334 $display,x509=$dir
2335
2336 ``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>``
2337 The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
2338
2339 ``tls-ciphers=<list>``
2340 Specify which ciphers to use.
2341
2342 ``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``
2343 Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS
2344 encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to
2345 configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be
2346 used to set the default mode. For channels which are not
2347 explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to
2348 pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
2349
2350 ``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]``
2351 Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz.
2352
2353 ``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``
2354 Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default
2355 is auto.
2356
2357 ``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]``
2358 Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
2359
2360 ``agent-mouse=[on|off]``
2361 Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
2362
2363 ``playback-compression=[on|off]``
2364 Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1).
2365 Default is on.
2366
2367 ``seamless-migration=[on|off]``
2368 Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
2369
2370 ``gl=[on|off]``
2371 Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
2372
2373 ``rendernode=<file>``
2374 DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will
2375 pick the first available. (Since 2.9)
2376ERST
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002377
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002378DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002379 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2380 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002381SRST
2382``-portrait``
2383 Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
2384ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002385
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002386DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
2387 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2388 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002389SRST
2390``-rotate deg``
2391 Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
2392ERST
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002393
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002394DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02002395 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002396 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002397SRST
2398``-vga type``
2399 Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are
2400
2401 ``cirrus``
2402 Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting
2403 from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For
2404 optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and
2405 the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
2406
2407 ``std``
2408 Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
2409 supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if
2410 you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you
2411 should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU
2412 2.2)
2413
2414 ``vmware``
2415 VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have
2416 sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a
2417 driver for this card.
2418
2419 ``qxl``
2420 QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including
2421 VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers
2422 installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice
2423 protocol.
2424
2425 ``tcx``
2426 (sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default
2427 framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit
2428 colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768.
2429
2430 ``cg3``
2431 (sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit
2432 framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768
2433 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people
2434 wishing to run older Solaris versions.
2435
2436 ``virtio``
2437 Virtio VGA card.
2438
2439 ``none``
2440 Disable VGA card.
2441ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002442
2443DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002444 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002445SRST
2446``-full-screen``
2447 Start in full screen.
2448ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002449
John Snow60f9a4e2020-02-04 11:56:38 -05002450DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002451 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
Laurent Vivier8ac919a2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02002452 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002453SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002454``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002455 Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
2456
2457 For PPC the default is 800x600x32.
2458
2459 For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8
2460 with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is
2461 1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use
2462 OBP.
2463ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002464
Marc-André Lureau62611642023-10-25 17:05:08 +04002465#ifdef CONFIG_VNC
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002466DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002467 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Marc-André Lureau62611642023-10-25 17:05:08 +04002468#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002469SRST
2470``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]``
2471 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2472 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2473 monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on
2474 VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC
2475 session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when
2476 using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the
2477 VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard
2478 layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is
2479
2480 ``to=L``
2481 With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays,
Manos Pitsidianakis835f3642024-02-20 10:52:23 +02002482 until the number L, if the originally defined "-vnc display" is
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002483 not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another
2484 application. By default, to=0.
2485
2486 ``host:d``
2487 TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By
2488 convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be
2489 omitted in which case the server will accept connections from
2490 any host.
2491
2492 ``unix:path``
2493 Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path
2494 is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
2495
2496 ``none``
2497 VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change``
2498 command can be used to later start the VNC server.
2499
2500 Following the display value there may be one or more option flags
2501 separated by commas. Valid options are
2502
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002503 ``reverse=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002504 Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection.
2505 The client is specified by the display. For reverse network
2506 connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port
2507 number, not a display number.
2508
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002509 ``websocket=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002510 Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC
2511 Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the
2512 Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be
2513 specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port.
2514
2515 If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this
2516 host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address
2517 independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port.
2518
2519 If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
2520 runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the
2521 websocket connection requires encrypted client connections.
2522
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002523 ``password=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002524 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2525 connections.
2526
2527 The password must be set separately using the ``set_password``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002528 command in the :ref:`QEMU monitor`. The
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002529 syntax to change your password is:
2530 ``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be
2531 either "vnc" or "spice".
2532
2533 If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you
2534 should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>``
2535 where expiration time could be one of the following options:
2536 now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to
2537 make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make
2538 password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for
2539 this date and time).
2540
2541 You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration
2542 time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never
2543 expire.
2544
Daniel P. Berrangé6c6840e2021-03-11 11:43:41 +00002545 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2546 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2547 connections, using the password provided by the ``secret``
2548 object identified by ``secret-id``.
2549
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002550 ``tls-creds=ID``
2551 Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
2552 VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
2553 and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
2554 will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
2555 mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
2556 using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
2557
2558 ``tls-authz=ID``
2559 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2560 the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object
2561 is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated
2562 on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will
2563 default to denying access.
2564
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002565 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002566 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC
2567 server. The exact choice of authentication method used is
2568 controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for
2569 the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in
2570 /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user,
2571 an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it
2572 search alternate locations for the service config. While some
2573 SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
2574 it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls'
2575 and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server
2576 certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing
2577 compromise of authentication credentials. See the
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002578 :ref:`VNC security` section in the System Emulation Users Guide
2579 for details on using SASL authentication.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002580
2581 ``sasl-authz=ID``
2582 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2583 the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only
2584 resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
2585 fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
2586 to denying access.
2587
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002588 ``acl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002589 Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
2590 x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the
2591 creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of
2592 ``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these
2593 objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands.
2594
2595 This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
2596 ``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement.
2597
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002598 ``lossy=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002599 Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
2600 option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
2601 depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can
2602 save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
2603
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002604 ``non-adaptive=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002605 Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by
2606 default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently
2607 updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using
2608 a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save
2609 bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings
2610 restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight.
2611
2612 ``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]``
2613 Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to
2614 ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
2615 implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
2616 clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared
2617 session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default.
2618 'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for
2619 shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting
2620 specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely
2621 ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect
2622 unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is
2623 traditional QEMU behavior.
2624
2625 ``key-delay-ms``
2626 Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in
2627 milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth
2628 devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep
2629 up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk.
2630 Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or
2631 scripts for automated testing.
2632
2633 ``audiodev=audiodev``
2634 Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio
2635 transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option
2636 must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a
2637 valid audiodev.
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002638
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002639 ``power-control=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002640 Permit the remote client to issue shutdown, reboot or reset power
2641 control requests.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002642ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002643
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11002644ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002645
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002646ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002647
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002648DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002649 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
2650 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002651SRST
2652``-win2k-hack``
2653 Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2654 Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this
Paolo Bonzinid13f4032024-02-20 17:09:30 +01002655 option slows down the IDE transfers). Synonym of ``-global
2656 ide-device.win2k-install-hack=on``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002657ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002658
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002659DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002660 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2661 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002662SRST
2663``-no-fd-bootchk``
2664 Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be
Paolo Bonzini84e945a2024-02-13 10:56:56 +01002665 needed to boot from old floppy disks. Synonym of ``-m fd-bootchk=off``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002666ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002667
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002668DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002669 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002670 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002671SRST
2672``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]``
2673 Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from
2674 specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified
2675 files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other
2676 options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all
2677 header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table
2678 is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id
2679 fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a.
2680 FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the
2681 Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec.
2682ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002683
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002684DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2685 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002686 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002687 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2688 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002689 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002690 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2691 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002692 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2693 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2694 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2695 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2696 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2697 " [,sku=str]\n"
2698 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2699 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
Ying Fangc906e032020-08-06 11:56:33 +08002700 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,max-speed=%d][,current-speed=%d]\n"
Heinrich Schuchardtb5831d72024-01-23 19:42:26 +01002701 " [,processor-family=%d,processor-id=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002702 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
Hal Martinfd8caa22022-08-12 15:51:53 +02002703 "-smbios type=8[,external_reference=str][,internal_reference=str][,connector_type=%d][,port_type=%d]\n"
2704 " specify SMBIOS type 8 fields\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002705 "-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]\n"
2706 " specify SMBIOS type 11 fields\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002707 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002708 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002709 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n"
2710 "-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]\n"
2711 " specify SMBIOS type 41 fields\n",
Heinrich Schuchardte2ff0de2024-01-23 19:42:29 +01002712 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_LOONGARCH | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002713SRST
2714``-smbios file=binary``
2715 Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2716
2717``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]``
2718 Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2719
2720``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]``
2721 Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
2722
2723``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]``
2724 Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2725
2726``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]``
2727 Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2728
Heinrich Schuchardtb5831d72024-01-23 19:42:26 +01002729``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,processor-family=%d][,processor-id=%d]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002730 Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2731
Felix Wu04f143d2024-02-21 17:00:27 +00002732``-smbios type=9[,slot_designation=str][,slot_type=%d][,slot_data_bus_width=%d][,current_usage=%d][,slot_length=%d][,slot_id=%d][,slot_characteristics1=%d][,slot_characteristics12=%d][,pci_device=str]``
Felix Wu735eee02024-02-21 17:00:26 +00002733 Specify SMBIOS type 9 fields
2734
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002735``-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]``
2736 Specify SMBIOS type 11 fields
2737
2738 This argument can be repeated multiple times, and values are added in the order they are parsed.
2739 Applications intending to use OEM strings data are encouraged to use their application name as
2740 a prefix for the value string. This facilitates passing information for multiple applications
2741 concurrently.
2742
2743 The ``value=str`` syntax provides the string data inline, while the ``path=filename`` syntax
2744 loads data from a file on disk. Note that the file is not permitted to contain any NUL bytes.
2745
2746 Both the ``value`` and ``path`` options can be repeated multiple times and will be added to
2747 the SMBIOS table in the order in which they appear.
2748
2749 Note that on the x86 architecture, the total size of all SMBIOS tables is limited to 65535
2750 bytes. Thus the OEM strings data is not suitable for passing large amounts of data into the
2751 guest. Instead it should be used as a indicator to inform the guest where to locate the real
2752 data set, for example, by specifying the serial ID of a block device.
2753
2754 An example passing three strings is
2755
2756 .. parsed-literal::
2757
2758 -smbios type=11,value=cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/,\\
2759 value=anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os,\\
2760 path=/some/file/with/oemstringsdata.txt
2761
2762 In the guest OS this is visible with the ``dmidecode`` command
2763
2764 .. parsed-literal::
2765
2766 $ dmidecode -t 11
2767 Handle 0x0E00, DMI type 11, 5 bytes
2768 OEM Strings
2769 String 1: cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/
2770 String 2: anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os
2771 String 3: myapp:some extra data
2772
2773
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002774``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]``
2775 Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002776
2777``-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]``
2778 Specify SMBIOS type 41 fields
2779
2780 This argument can be repeated multiple times. Its main use is to allow network interfaces be created
2781 as ``enoX`` on Linux, with X being the instance number, instead of the name depending on the interface
2782 position on the PCI bus.
2783
2784 Here is an example of use:
2785
2786 .. parsed-literal::
2787
2788 -netdev user,id=internet \\
2789 -device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \\
2790 -smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev
2791
2792 In the guest OS, the device should then appear as ``eno1``:
2793
2794 ..parsed-literal::
2795
2796 $ ip -brief l
2797 lo UNKNOWN 00:00:00:00:00:00 <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP>
2798 eno1 UP 50:54:00:00:00:42 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
2799
2800 Currently, the PCI device has to be attached to the root bus.
2801
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002802ERST
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002803
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002804DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002805
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002806DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002807
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002808DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002809#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002810 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4=on|off][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2811 " [,ipv6=on|off][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002812 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002813 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002814 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002815#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002816 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002817#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002818 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2819 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002820#endif
2821#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002822 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2823 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002824#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002825 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002826 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002827 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002828 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002829 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002830 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002831 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2832 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2833 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002834 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002835 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2836 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002837 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002838 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002839 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002840 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002841 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2842 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002843 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002844 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2845 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002846 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002847 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002848 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +03002849 " use 'poll-us=n' to specify the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002850 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002851 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2852 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2853 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2854 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002855#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002856#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002857 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002858 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off]\n"
2859 " [,cookie64=on|off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002860 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2861 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2862 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002863 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002864 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002865 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi21843dc2020-02-29 11:17:27 +00002866 " standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002867 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2868 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2869 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2870 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002871 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002872 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2873 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2874 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2875 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2876 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2877 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2878 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2879 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2880 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2881 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2882#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002883 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2884 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2885 " using a socket connection\n"
2886 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2887 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002888 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002889 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2890 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2891 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
Laurent Vivier148fbf02023-01-19 11:16:45 +01002892 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=inet,addr.host=host,addr.port=port[,to=maxport][,numeric=on|off][,keep-alive=on|off][,mptcp=on|off][,addr.ipv4=on|off][,addr.ipv6=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
2893 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=unix,addr.path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
2894 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=fd,addr.str=file-descriptor[,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Laurent Vivier5166fe02022-10-21 11:09:11 +02002895 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2896 " using a socket connection in stream mode.\n"
2897 "-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=inet,local.host=addr]\n"
2898 "-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor]\n"
2899 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
2900 " use ``local.host=addr`` to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
2901 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=inet,local.host=addr,local.port=port[,remote.type=inet,remote.host=addr,remote.port=port]\n"
Laurent Vivier784e7a22022-10-21 11:09:17 +02002902 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=unix,local.path=path[,remote.type=unix,remote.path=path]\n"
Laurent Vivier5166fe02022-10-21 11:09:11 +02002903 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor\n"
2904 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2905 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002906#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002907 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2908 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2909 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002910 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2911 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2912#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002913#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002914 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002915 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2916 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2917 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2918#endif
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02002919#ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP
2920 "-netdev af-xdp,id=str,ifname=name[,mode=native|skb][,force-copy=on|off]\n"
2921 " [,queues=n][,start-queue=m][,inhibit=on|off][,sock-fds=x:y:...:z]\n"
2922 " attach to the existing network interface 'name' with AF_XDP socket\n"
2923 " use 'mode=MODE' to specify an XDP program attach mode\n"
2924 " use 'force-copy=on|off' to force XDP copy mode even if device supports zero-copy (default: off)\n"
2925 " use 'inhibit=on|off' to inhibit loading of a default XDP program (default: off)\n"
2926 " with inhibit=on,\n"
2927 " use 'sock-fds' to provide file descriptors for already open AF_XDP sockets\n"
2928 " added to a socket map in XDP program. One socket per queue.\n"
2929 " use 'queues=n' to specify how many queues of a multiqueue interface should be used\n"
2930 " use 'start-queue=m' to specify the first queue that should be used\n"
2931#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002932#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002933 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2934 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002935#endif
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002936#ifdef __linux__
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07002937 "-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str[,vhostdev=/path/to/dev][,vhostfd=h]\n"
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002938 " configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n"
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07002939 " use 'vhostdev=/path/to/dev' to open a vhost vdpa device\n"
2940 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost vdpa device\n"
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002941#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002942#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2943 "-netdev vmnet-host,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,net-uuid=uuid]\n"
2944 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2945 " configure a vmnet network backend in host mode with ID 'str',\n"
2946 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated',\n"
2947 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2948 " specify network UUID 'uuid' to disable DHCP and interact with\n"
2949 " vmnet-host interfaces within this isolated network\n"
2950 "-netdev vmnet-shared,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,nat66-prefix=addr]\n"
2951 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2952 " configure a vmnet network backend in shared mode with ID 'str',\n"
2953 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2954 " set IPv6 ULA prefix (of length 64) to use for internal network,\n"
2955 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2956 "-netdev vmnet-bridged,id=str,ifname=name[,isolated=on|off]\n"
2957 " configure a vmnet network backend in bridged mode with ID 'str',\n"
2958 " use 'ifname=name' to select a physical network interface to be bridged,\n"
2959 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2960#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002961 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002962 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002963DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002964 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002965#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2966 "user|"
2967#endif
2968#ifdef __linux__
2969 "l2tpv3|"
2970#endif
2971#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2972 "vde|"
2973#endif
2974#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2975 "netmap|"
2976#endif
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02002977#ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP
2978 "af-xdp|"
2979#endif
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002980#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2981 "vhost-user|"
2982#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002983#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2984 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
2985#endif
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002986 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2987 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2988 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002989 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002990 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2991 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002992DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002993 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002994 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002995 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002996 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002997#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2998 "user|"
2999#endif
3000 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05003001 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01003002#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
3003 "vde|"
3004#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01003005#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
3006 "netmap|"
3007#endif
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02003008#ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP
3009 "af-xdp|"
3010#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03003011#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
3012 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
3013#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02003014 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02003015 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
3016 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003017SRST
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02003018``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|af-xdp|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003019 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board
3020 (default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go.
3021 The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding
3022 ``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with
3023 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device
3024 types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``.
3025
3026 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic``
3027 can be used to shorten the command line length:
3028
3029 .. parsed-literal::
3030
3031 |qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
3032 |qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
3033
3034``-nic none``
3035 Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to
3036 override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host
3037 network backend) which is activated if no other networking options
3038 are provided.
3039
3040``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]``
3041 Configure user mode host network backend which requires no
3042 administrator privilege to run. Valid options are:
3043
3044 ``id=id``
3045 Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
3046
3047 ``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off``
3048 Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is
3049 specified both protocols are enabled.
3050
3051 ``net=addr[/mask]``
3052 Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify
3053 the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid
3054 top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24.
3055
3056 ``host=addr``
3057 Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the
3058 2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
3059
3060 ``ipv6-net=addr[/int]``
3061 Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is
3062 fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal
3063 IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given
3064 as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64).
3065
3066 ``ipv6-host=addr``
3067 Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is
3068 the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
3069
3070 ``restrict=on|off``
3071 If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it
3072 will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets
3073 will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does
3074 not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
3075
3076 ``hostname=name``
3077 Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP
3078 server.
3079
3080 ``dhcpstart=addr``
3081 Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can
3082 assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network,
3083 i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
3084
3085 ``dns=addr``
3086 Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The
3087 address must be different from the host address. Default is the
3088 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3.
3089
3090 ``ipv6-dns=addr``
3091 Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual
3092 nameserver. The address must be different from the host address.
3093 Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3.
3094
3095 ``dnssearch=domain``
3096 Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the
3097 built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be
3098 transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If
3099 supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to
3100 append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not
3101 be resolved.
3102
3103 Example:
3104
3105 .. parsed-literal::
3106
3107 |qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
3108
3109 ``domainname=domain``
3110 Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP
3111 server.
3112
3113 ``tftp=dir``
3114 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
3115 server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP
3116 server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in
3117 binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client).
Michael Tokarevb30fa6b2024-02-08 09:00:50 +03003118 The built-in TFTP server is read-only; it does not implement any
3119 command for writing files. QEMU will not write to this directory.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003120
3121 ``tftp-server-name=name``
3122 In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name"
3123 (RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to
3124 load boot files or configurations from a different server than
3125 the host address.
3126
3127 ``bootfile=file``
3128 When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the
3129 BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used
3130 to network boot a guest from a local directory.
3131
3132 Example (using pxelinux):
3133
3134 .. parsed-literal::
3135
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003136 |qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003137 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
3138
3139 ``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]``
3140 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
3141 server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in
3142 ``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be
3143 set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used,
3144 i.e. x.x.x.4.
3145
3146 In the guest Windows OS, the line:
3147
3148 ::
3149
3150 10.0.2.4 smbserver
3151
3152 must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows
3153 9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows
3154 NT/2000).
3155
3156 Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``.
3157
3158 Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
3159
3160 ``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport``
3161 Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port
3162 hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port
3163 guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15
3164 (default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By
3165 specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host
3166 interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This
3167 option can be given multiple times.
3168
3169 For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to
3170 guest screen 0, use the following:
3171
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003172 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003173
3174 # on the host
3175 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
3176 # this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
3177 xterm -display :1
3178
3179 To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet
3180 port on the guest, use the following:
3181
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003182 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003183
3184 # on the host
3185 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
3186 telnet localhost 5555
3187
3188 Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you
3189 connect to the guest telnet server.
3190
3191 ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command``
3192 Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port
3193 port to the character device dev or to a program executed by
3194 cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option
3195 can be given multiple times.
3196
3197 You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used
3198 throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example:
3199
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003200 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003201
3202 # open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
3203 # the guest accesses it
3204 |qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
3205
3206 Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established
3207 by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process
3208 for that virtual server:
3209
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003210 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003211
3212 # call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
3213 # and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
3214 |qemu_system| -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
3215
3216``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3217 Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id.
3218
3219 Use the network script file to configure it and the network script
3220 dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS
3221 automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
3222 ``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is
3223 ``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to
3224 disable script execution.
3225
3226 If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Tianjia Zhang8d73ec82020-07-27 12:59:25 +08003227 to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003228 The default network helper executable is
3229 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3230 ``br0``.
3231
3232 ``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened
3233 host TAP interface.
3234
3235 Examples:
3236
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003237 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003238
3239 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
3240 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap
3241
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003242 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003243
3244 #launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
3245 #to a TAP device
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003246 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3247 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003248 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
3249
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003250 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003251
3252 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3253 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003254 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003255 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
3256
3257``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3258 Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
3259
3260 Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and
3261 attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
3262 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3263 ``br0``.
3264
3265 Examples:
3266
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003267 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003268
3269 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3270 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
3271 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3272
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003273 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003274
3275 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3276 #connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
3277 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3278
3279``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]``
3280 This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network
3281 to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If
3282 ``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port
3283 (host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU
3284 instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an
3285 already opened TCP socket.
3286
3287 Example:
3288
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003289 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003290
3291 # launch a first QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003292 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3293 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003294 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
3295 # connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003296 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3297 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003298 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
3299
3300``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]``
3301 Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network
3302 traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast
3303 socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast
3304 address maddr and port. NOTES:
3305
3306 1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus
3307 (assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts).
3308
3309 2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument
3310 ``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net.
3311
3312 3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
3313
3314 Example:
3315
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003316 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003317
3318 # launch one QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003319 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3320 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003321 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3322 # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003323 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3324 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003325 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3326 # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003327 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3328 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003329 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3330
3331 Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
3332
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003333 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003334
3335 # launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003336 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3337 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003338 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
3339 # launch UML
3340 /path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
3341
3342 Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
3343
3344 .. parsed-literal::
3345
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003346 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3347 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003348 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
3349
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00003350``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003351 Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931)
3352 is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data
3353 frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and
3354 the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards).
3355
3356 This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or
3357 firewall directly.
3358
3359 ``src=srcaddr``
3360 source address (mandatory)
3361
3362 ``dst=dstaddr``
3363 destination address (mandatory)
3364
3365 ``udp``
3366 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
3367
3368 ``srcport=srcport``
3369 source udp port.
3370
3371 ``dstport=dstport``
3372 destination udp port.
3373
3374 ``ipv6``
3375 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
3376
3377 ``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie``
3378 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
3379 Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default
3380 they are 32 bit.
3381
3382 ``cookie64``
3383 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
3384
3385 ``counter=off``
3386 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
3387 draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
3388
3389 ``pincounter=on``
3390 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help
3391 on networks which have packet reorder.
3392
3393 ``offset=offset``
3394 Add an extra offset between header and data
3395
3396 For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to
3397 the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
3398
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003399 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003400
3401 # Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
3402 # on 1.2.3.4
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003403 ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003404 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003405 ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003406 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
3407 ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
3408 ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
3409 brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
3410
3411
3412 # on 4.3.2.1
3413 # launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
3414
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003415 |qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003416 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
3417
3418``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]``
3419 Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running
3420 on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use
3421 GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and
3422 permissions for communication port. This option is only available if
3423 QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled.
3424
3425 Example:
3426
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003427 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003428
3429 # launch vde switch
3430 vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
3431 # launch QEMU instance
3432 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
3433
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02003434``-netdev af-xdp,id=str,ifname=name[,mode=native|skb][,force-copy=on|off][,queues=n][,start-queue=m][,inhibit=on|off][,sock-fds=x:y:...:z]``
3435 Configure AF_XDP backend to connect to a network interface 'name'
3436 using AF_XDP socket. A specific program attach mode for a default
3437 XDP program can be forced with 'mode', defaults to best-effort,
3438 where the likely most performant mode will be in use. Number of queues
3439 'n' should generally match the number or queues in the interface,
3440 defaults to 1. Traffic arriving on non-configured device queues will
3441 not be delivered to the network backend.
3442
3443 .. parsed-literal::
3444
3445 # set number of queues to 4
3446 ethtool -L eth0 combined 4
3447 # launch QEMU instance
3448 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
3449 -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=4
3450
3451 'start-queue' option can be specified if a particular range of queues
3452 [m, m + n] should be in use. For example, this is may be necessary in
3453 order to use certain NICs in native mode. Kernel allows the driver to
3454 create a separate set of XDP queues on top of regular ones, and only
3455 these queues can be used for AF_XDP sockets. NICs that work this way
3456 may also require an additional traffic redirection with ethtool to these
3457 special queues.
3458
3459 .. parsed-literal::
3460
3461 # set number of queues to 1
3462 ethtool -L eth0 combined 1
3463 # redirect all the traffic to the second queue (id: 1)
3464 # note: drivers may require non-empty key/mask pair.
3465 ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether \\
3466 dst 00:00:00:00:00:00 m FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FE action 1
3467 ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether \\
3468 dst 00:00:00:00:00:01 m FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FE action 1
3469 # launch QEMU instance
3470 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
3471 -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=1,start-queue=1
3472
3473 XDP program can also be loaded externally. In this case 'inhibit' option
3474 should be set to 'on' and 'sock-fds' provided with file descriptors for
3475 already open but not bound XDP sockets already added to a socket map for
3476 corresponding queues. One socket per queue.
3477
3478 .. parsed-literal::
3479
3480 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
3481 -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=3,inhibit=on,sock-fds=15:16:17
3482
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003483``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]``
3484 Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev
3485 should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a
3486 specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement
3487 messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On
3488 non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use
3489 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for
3490 multiqueue vhost-user.
3491
3492 Example:
3493
3494 ::
3495
3496 qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
3497 -numa node,memdev=mem \
3498 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
3499 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
3500 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
3501
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07003502``-netdev vhost-vdpa[,vhostdev=/path/to/dev][,vhostfd=h]``
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08003503 Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev.
3504
3505 vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with
3506 the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path.
3507 vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or
3508 emulated by software.
3509
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003510``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]``
3511 Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid.
3512
3513 The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub
3514 instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the
3515 hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd``
3516 option.
3517
3518``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]``
3519 Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine
3520 default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the
3521 emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd.
3522 If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the
3523 machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in
3524 future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify
3525 a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the
3526 device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be
3527 assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you
3528 can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have;
3529 this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to
3530 disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is
3531 created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
3532 Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your
3533 target.
3534
3535``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]``
3536 Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to
3537 the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0
3538 (the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port.
3539ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003540
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003541DEFHEADING()
3542
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003543DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003544
3545DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08003546 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003547 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbrusterba858d12021-09-28 09:14:49 +02003548 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003549 " [,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00003550 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003551 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003552 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003553 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003554 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003555 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3556 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003557 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003558 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3559 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003560 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,input-path=input-file][,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003561 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003562#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003563 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3564 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003565#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003566 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3567 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003568#endif
3569#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003570 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003571#endif
3572#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
3573 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003574 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003575#endif
3576#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003577 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003578#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003579#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003580 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3581 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003582#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003583 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003584)
3585
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003586SRST
3587The general form of a character device option is:
3588
3589``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]``
3590 Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``,
3591 ``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``,
Paolo Bonzini6f9f6302022-12-16 10:56:53 +01003592 ``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``parallel``,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003593 ``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the
3594 applicable options.
3595
3596 Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types.
3597
3598 All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127
3599 characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in
3600 other command line directives.
3601
3602 A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple
3603 front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is
3604 a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
3605 backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk
3606 to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and
3607 ``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID,
3608 and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev
3609 ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be
3610 connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing
3611 enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For
3612 instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be
3613 used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
3614
3615 ::
3616
3617 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3618 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3619 -serial chardev:char0 \
3620 -serial chardev:char0
3621
3622 You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration;
3623 for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0
3624 and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a
3625 parallel port:
3626
3627 ::
3628
3629 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3630 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3631 -parallel chardev:char0 \
3632 -chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
3633 -serial chardev:char1 \
3634 -serial chardev:char1
3635
3636 When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01003637 sequences are interpreted in the input. See the chapter about
3638 :ref:`keys in the character backend multiplexer` in the
3639 System Emulation Users Guide for more details.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003640
3641 Note that some other command line options may implicitly create
3642 multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio``
3643 creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and
3644 the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console
3645 and the monitor to stdio.
3646
3647 There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other
3648 direction (where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from
3649 multiple chardevs).
3650
3651 Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the
3652 path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The
3653 ``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated
3654 or appended to when opened.
3655
3656The available backends are:
3657
3658``-chardev null,id=id``
3659 A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any
3660 data it receives. The null backend does not take any options.
3661
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003662``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003663 Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix
3664 socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified.
3665 Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix
3666 socket.
3667
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003668 ``server=on|off`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003669
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003670 ``wait=on|off`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003671 to connect to a listening socket.
3672
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003673 ``telnet=on|off`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003674 telnet escape sequences.
3675
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003676 ``websocket=on|off`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003677 communication.
3678
3679 ``reconnect`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server
3680 sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many
3681 seconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting,
3682 and is the default.
3683
3684 ``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for
3685 encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for
3686 the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the
3687 ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
3688
3689 ``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object
3690 against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be
3691 validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be
3692 deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active.
3693 If missing, it will default to denying access.
3694
3695 TCP and unix socket options are given below:
3696
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003697 ``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003698 ``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to
3699 be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to
3700 connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not
3701 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3702
3703 ``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be
3704 bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote
3705 host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port
3706 number or a service name. ``port`` is required.
3707
3708 ``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is
3709 specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to
3710 bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it
3711 succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number.
3712
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003713 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4
3714 or IPv6 must be used. If neither is specified the socket may
3715 use either protocol.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003716
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003717 ``nodelay=on|off`` disables the Nagle algorithm.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003718
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003719 ``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003720 ``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path``
3721 is required.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003722 ``abstract=on|off`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003723 rather than the filesystem. Optional, defaults to false.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003724 ``tight=on|off`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003725 rather than the full sun_path length. Optional, defaults to true.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003726
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003727``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003728 Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
3729
3730 ``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified
3731 it defaults to ``localhost``.
3732
3733 ``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
3734 ``port`` is required.
3735
3736 ``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not
3737 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3738
3739 ``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified
3740 any available local port will be used.
3741
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003742 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003743 If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
3744
3745``-chardev msmouse,id=id``
3746 Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse``
3747 does not take any options.
3748
3749``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]``
3750 Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a
3751 specific size.
3752
3753 ``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively
3754 of the console, in pixels.
3755
3756 ``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a
3757 text console with the given dimensions.
3758
3759``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]``
3760 Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power
3761 of two and defaults to ``64K``.
3762
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003763``-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,input-path=input-path]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003764 Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
3765
3766 ``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will
3767 be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does.
3768 ``path`` is required.
3769
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003770 If ``input-path`` is specified, this is the path of a second file
3771 which will be used for input. If ``input-path`` is not specified,
3772 no input will be available from the chardev.
3773
3774 Note that ``input-path`` is not supported on Windows hosts.
3775
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003776``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path``
3777 Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs
3778 slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts:
3779
3780 On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
3781 ``\\.pipe\path``.
3782
3783 On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and
3784 ``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the
3785 guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU
3786 will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present.
3787
3788 ``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is
3789 required.
3790
3791``-chardev console,id=id``
3792 Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console``
3793 does not take any options.
3794
3795 ``console`` is only available on Windows hosts.
3796
3797``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path``
3798 Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
3799
3800 On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only
3801 serial lines.
3802
3803 ``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open.
3804
3805``-chardev pty,id=id``
3806 Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. ``pty``
3807 does not take any options.
3808
3809 ``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts.
3810
3811``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]``
3812 Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
3813
3814 ``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that
3815 includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option
3816 is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it.
3817
3818``-chardev braille,id=id``
3819 Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any
3820 options.
3821
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003822``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path``
3823 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003824 ``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD
3825 hosts.
3826
3827 Connect to a local parallel port.
3828
3829 ``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is
3830 required.
3831
3832``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3833 ``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3834
3835 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3836
3837 ``name`` name of spice channel to connect to
3838
3839 Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
3840
3841``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3842 ``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3843
3844 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3845
3846 ``name`` name of spice port to connect to
3847
3848 Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the
3849 traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
3850ERST
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003851
3852DEFHEADING()
3853
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003854#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003855DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003856
3857DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003858 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
3859 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
3860 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003861 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
3862 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
3863 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003864 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003865SRST
3866The general form of a TPM device option is:
3867
3868``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]``
3869 The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The
3870 ``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a
3871 ``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
3872
3873 Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types.
3874
3875The available backends are:
3876
3877``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path``
3878 (Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the
3879 passthrough driver.
3880
3881 ``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a
3882 Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by
3883 default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used.
3884
3885 ``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
3886 entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
3887 ``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
3888 sysfs entry to use.
3889
3890 Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
3891
3892 The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used
3893 by any other application on the host.
3894
3895 Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the
3896 TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize
3897 the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that
3898 would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the
3899 user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if
3900 TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will
3901 get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again
3902 afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to
3903 enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM
3904 is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
3905
3906 To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
3907
3908 ::
3909
3910 -tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3911
3912 Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by
3913 ``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option.
3914
3915``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev``
3916 (Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain
3917 socket based chardev backend.
3918
3919 ``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend
3920 that provides connection to the software TPM server.
3921
3922 To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
3923
3924 ::
3925
3926 -chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3927ERST
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003928
3929DEFHEADING()
3930
3931#endif
3932
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003933DEFHEADING(Boot Image or Kernel specific:)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003934SRST
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003935There are broadly 4 ways you can boot a system with QEMU.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003936
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003937 - specify a firmware and let it control finding a kernel
3938 - specify a firmware and pass a hint to the kernel to boot
3939 - direct kernel image boot
3940 - manually load files into the guest's address space
3941
3942The third method is useful for quickly testing kernels but as there is
3943no firmware to pass configuration information to the kernel the
3944hardware must either be probeable, the kernel built for the exact
3945configuration or passed some configuration data (e.g. a DTB blob)
3946which tells the kernel what drivers it needs. This exact details are
3947often hardware specific.
3948
3949The final method is the most generic way of loading images into the
3950guest address space and used mostly for ``bare metal`` type
3951development where the reset vectors of the processor are taken into
3952account.
3953
3954ERST
3955
3956SRST
3957
3958For x86 machines and some other architectures ``-bios`` will generally
3959do the right thing with whatever it is given. For other machines the
3960more strict ``-pflash`` option needs an image that is sized for the
3961flash device for the given machine type.
3962
3963Please see the :ref:`system-targets-ref` section of the manual for
3964more detailed documentation.
3965
3966ERST
3967
3968DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
3969 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3970SRST
3971``-bios file``
3972 Set the filename for the BIOS.
3973ERST
3974
3975DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
3976 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3977SRST
3978``-pflash file``
3979 Use file as a parallel flash image.
3980ERST
3981
3982SRST
3983
3984The kernel options were designed to work with Linux kernels although
3985other things (like hypervisors) can be packaged up as a kernel
3986executable image. The exact format of a executable image is usually
3987architecture specific.
3988
3989The way in which the kernel is started (what address it is loaded at,
3990what if any information is passed to it via CPU registers, the state
3991of the hardware when it is started, and so on) is also architecture
3992specific. Typically it follows the specification laid down by the
3993Linux kernel for how kernels for that architecture must be started.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003994
3995ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003996
3997DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003998 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003999SRST
4000``-kernel bzImage``
4001 Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
4002 or in multiboot format.
4003ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004004
4005DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004006 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004007SRST
4008``-append cmdline``
4009 Use cmdline as kernel command line
4010ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004011
4012DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004013 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
David Woodhouse1eeb4322024-01-30 19:01:43 +00004014SRST(initrd)
David Woodhousecc9d10b2023-10-19 15:30:23 +01004015
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004016``-initrd file``
4017 Use file as initial ram disk.
4018
4019``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"``
4020 This syntax is only available with multiboot.
4021
David Woodhousecc9d10b2023-10-19 15:30:23 +01004022 Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass ``arg=foo`` as parameter to the
4023 first module. Commas can be provided in module parameters by doubling
4024 them on the command line to escape them:
4025
4026``-initrd "bzImage earlyprintk=xen,,keep root=/dev/xvda1,initrd.img"``
4027 Multiboot only. Use bzImage as the first module with
4028 "``earlyprintk=xen,keep root=/dev/xvda1``" as its command line,
4029 and initrd.img as the second module.
4030
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004031ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004032
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00004033DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10004034 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004035SRST
4036``-dtb file``
4037 Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the
4038 kernel on boot.
4039ERST
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00004040
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01004041SRST
4042
4043Finally you can also manually load images directly into the address
4044space of the guest. This is most useful for developers who already
4045know the layout of their guest and take care to ensure something sane
4046will happen when the reset vector executes.
4047
4048The generic loader can be invoked by using the loader device:
4049
4050``-device loader,addr=<addr>,data=<data>,data-len=<data-len>[,data-be=<data-be>][,cpu-num=<cpu-num>]``
4051
4052there is also the guest loader which operates in a similar way but
4053tweaks the DTB so a hypervisor loaded via ``-kernel`` can find where
4054the guest image is:
4055
4056``-device guest-loader,addr=<addr>[,kernel=<path>,[bootargs=<arguments>]][,initrd=<path>]``
4057
4058ERST
4059
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004060DEFHEADING()
4061
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004062DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004063
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01004064DEF("compat", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_compat,
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01004065 "-compat [deprecated-input=accept|reject|crash][,deprecated-output=accept|hide]\n"
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02004066 " Policy for handling deprecated management interfaces\n"
4067 "-compat [unstable-input=accept|reject|crash][,unstable-output=accept|hide]\n"
4068 " Policy for handling unstable management interfaces\n",
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01004069 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4070SRST
4071``-compat [deprecated-input=@var{input-policy}][,deprecated-output=@var{output-policy}]``
4072 Set policy for handling deprecated management interfaces (experimental):
4073
4074 ``deprecated-input=accept`` (default)
4075 Accept deprecated commands and arguments
4076 ``deprecated-input=reject``
4077 Reject deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01004078 ``deprecated-input=crash``
4079 Crash on deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01004080 ``deprecated-output=accept`` (default)
4081 Emit deprecated command results and events
4082 ``deprecated-output=hide``
4083 Suppress deprecated command results and events
4084
4085 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02004086
4087``-compat [unstable-input=@var{input-policy}][,unstable-output=@var{output-policy}]``
4088 Set policy for handling unstable management interfaces (experimental):
4089
4090 ``unstable-input=accept`` (default)
4091 Accept unstable commands and arguments
4092 ``unstable-input=reject``
4093 Reject unstable commands and arguments
4094 ``unstable-input=crash``
4095 Crash on unstable commands and arguments
4096 ``unstable-output=accept`` (default)
4097 Emit unstable command results and events
4098 ``unstable-output=hide``
4099 Suppress unstable command results and events
4100
4101 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01004102ERST
4103
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04004104DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
4105 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02004106 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04004107 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02004108 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04004109 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004110SRST
4111``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file``
4112 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file.
Yihuan Panfd49b212023-12-13 22:17:07 +08004113 If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
4114 "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004115
4116``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str``
4117 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str.
Yihuan Panfd49b212023-12-13 22:17:07 +08004118 If the string contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
4119 "string=my,,string" to use file "my,string").
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004120
4121 The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be
4122 included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with
4123 embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter.
4124
4125 The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
4126
4127 Example:
4128
4129 ::
4130
4131 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
4132
4133 creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
4134 from ./my\_blob.bin.
4135ERST
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04004136
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004137DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004138 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
4139 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004140SRST
4141``-serial dev``
4142 Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The
4143 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
4144 graphical mode.
4145
Steven Shen75583002024-03-05 09:30:16 +08004146 This option can be used several times to simulate multiple serial
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004147 ports.
4148
Peter Maydell747bfaf2024-01-22 16:36:07 +00004149 You can use ``-serial none`` to suppress the creation of default
4150 serial devices.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004151
4152 Available character devices are:
4153
4154 ``vc[:WxH]``
4155 Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in
4156 pixel with
4157
4158 ::
4159
4160 vc:800x600
4161
4162 It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
4163
4164 ::
4165
4166 vc:80Cx24C
4167
4168 ``pty``
4169 [Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
4170
4171 ``none``
Peter Maydell747bfaf2024-01-22 16:36:07 +00004172 No device is allocated. Note that for machine types which
4173 emulate systems where a serial device is always present in
4174 real hardware, this may be equivalent to the ``null`` option,
4175 in that the serial device is still present but all output
4176 is discarded. For boards where the number of serial ports is
4177 truly variable, this suppresses the creation of the device.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004178
4179 ``null``
Peter Maydell747bfaf2024-01-22 16:36:07 +00004180 A guest will see the UART or serial device as present in the
4181 machine, but all output is discarded, and there is no input.
4182 Conceptually equivalent to redirecting the output to ``/dev/null``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004183
4184 ``chardev:id``
4185 Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev``
4186 option.
4187
4188 ``/dev/XXX``
4189 [Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial
4190 port parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
4191
4192 ``/dev/parportN``
4193 [Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N.
4194 Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
4195
4196 ``file:filename``
4197 Write output to filename. No character can be read.
4198
4199 ``stdio``
4200 [Unix only] standard input/output
4201
4202 ``pipe:filename``
4203 name pipe filename
4204
4205 ``COMn``
4206 [Windows only] Use host serial port n
4207
4208 ``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]``
4209 This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip
4210 are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a
4211 specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen.
4212
4213 If you just want a simple readonly console you can use
4214 ``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with:
4215 ``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time
4216 QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the
4217 netconsole session.
4218
4219 If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want
4220 to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use
4221 the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial
4222 udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
4223 version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and
4224 receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of
4225 netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char
4226 transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a
4227 netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the
4228 QEMU port.
4229
4230 ``QEMU Options:``
4231 -serial udp::4555@:4556
4232
4233 ``netcat options:``
4234 -u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
4235
4236 ``telnet options:``
4237 localhost 5555
4238
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004239 ``tcp:[host]:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004240 The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the
4241 serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a
4242 location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004243 port. If you use the ``server=on`` option QEMU will wait for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004244 socket application to connect to the port before continuing,
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004245 unless the ``wait=on|off`` option was specified. The ``nodelay=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004246 option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect=on``
4247 option only applies if ``server=no`` is set, if the connection goes
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004248 down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host
4249 is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004250 time is accepted. You can use ``telnet=on`` to connect to the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004251 corresponding character device.
4252
4253 ``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444``
4254 -serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
4255
4256 ``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004257 -serial tcp::4444,server=on
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004258
4259 ``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004260 -serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004261
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004262 ``telnet:host:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004263 The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The
4264 options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``.
4265 The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or
4266 client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you
4267 to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that
4268 supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet
4269 you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by
4270 pressing the enter key.
4271
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004272 ``websocket:host:port,server=on[,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004273 The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The
4274 port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
4275
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004276 ``unix:path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004277 A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option
4278 works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except
4279 the unix domain socket path is used for connections.
4280
4281 ``mon:dev_string``
4282 This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed
4283 onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key
4284 sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be
4285 any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to
4286 multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port
4287 4444 would be:
4288
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004289 ``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server=on,wait=off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004290
4291 When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C
4292 will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest
4293 instead.
4294
4295 ``braille``
4296 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
4297 output on a real or fake device.
4298
4299 ``msmouse``
4300 Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft
4301 protocol.
4302ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004303
4304DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004305 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
4306 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004307SRST
4308``-parallel dev``
4309 Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices
4310 as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used
4311 to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel
4312 port.
4313
4314 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
4315 ports.
4316
4317 Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports.
4318ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004319
4320DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004321 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
4322 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004323SRST
4324``-monitor dev``
4325 Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial
4326 port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio``
4327 in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default
4328 monitor.
4329ERST
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01004330DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004331 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
4332 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004333SRST
4334``-qmp dev``
Peter Maydell0ec44682023-05-15 17:22:45 +01004335 Like ``-monitor`` but opens in 'control' mode. For example, to make
4336 QMP available on localhost port 4444::
4337
4338 -qmp tcp:localhost:4444,server=on,wait=off
4339
4340 Not all options are configurable via this syntax; for maximum
4341 flexibility use the ``-mon`` option and an accompanying ``-chardev``.
4342
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004343ERST
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01004344DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
4345 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
4346 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004347SRST
4348``-qmp-pretty dev``
Peter Maydell0ec44682023-05-15 17:22:45 +01004349 Like ``-qmp`` but uses pretty JSON formatting.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004350ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004351
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004352DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01004353 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004354SRST
4355``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]``
Peter Maydell0ec44682023-05-15 17:22:45 +01004356 Set up a monitor connected to the chardev ``name``.
4357 QEMU supports two monitors: the Human Monitor Protocol
4358 (HMP; for human interaction), and the QEMU Monitor Protocol
4359 (QMP; a JSON RPC-style protocol).
4360 The default is HMP; ``mode=control`` selects QMP instead.
4361 ``pretty`` is only valid when ``mode=control``,
Ali Shirvani16b3f3b2021-05-19 11:41:45 +04304362 turning on JSON pretty printing to ease
Daniel P. Berrangé283d8452021-02-19 17:56:13 +00004363 human reading and debugging.
Peter Maydell0ec44682023-05-15 17:22:45 +01004364
4365 For example::
4366
4367 -chardev socket,id=mon1,host=localhost,port=4444,server=on,wait=off \
4368 -mon chardev=mon1,mode=control,pretty=on
4369
4370 enables the QMP monitor on localhost port 4444 with pretty-printing.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004371ERST
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004372
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004373DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004374 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
4375 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004376SRST
4377``-debugcon dev``
4378 Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the
4379 serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically
4380 port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The
4381 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
4382 graphical mode.
4383ERST
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004384
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004385DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004386 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004387SRST
4388``-pidfile file``
4389 Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU
4390 from a script.
4391ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004392
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004393DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02004394 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004395 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004396SRST
4397``--preconfig``
4398 Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is
4399 created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will
4400 affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to
4401 exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest
4402 if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This
4403 option is experimental.
4404ERST
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004405
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004406DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004407 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
4408 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004409SRST
4410``-S``
4411 Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
4412ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004413
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004414DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02004415 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004416 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
4417 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
4418 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
4419 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004420SRST
4421``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004422 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004423``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off``
4424 Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
4425 to assume that host overcommits all resources.
4426
4427 Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on``
4428 (disabled by default). This works when host memory is not
Thomas Huthc8c9dc42020-12-10 16:58:07 +01004429 overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for guest.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004430
4431 Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency
4432 for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for
4433 guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This
4434 works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host
4435 estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not
4436 taking into account guest idle time.
4437ERST
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004438
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004439DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004440 "-gdb dev accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n"
4441 " the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n"
4442 " if you want it to not start execution.)\n",
4443 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004444SRST
4445``-gdb dev``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004446 Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter
4447 in the System Emulation Users Guide). Note that this option does not pause QEMU
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004448 execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you
4449 connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to
4450 also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU.
4451
4452 The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket::
4453
4454 -gdb tcp::3117
4455
4456 but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio
4457 are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection
4458 allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the
4459 connection via a pipe:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004460
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004461 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004462
4463 (gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ...
4464ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004465
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004466DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004467 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
4468 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004469SRST
4470``-s``
4471 Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004472 (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004473ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004474
4475DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004476 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004477 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004478SRST
4479``-d item1[,...]``
4480 Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log
4481 items.
4482ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004483
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004484DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004485 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004486 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004487SRST
4488``-D logfile``
4489 Output log in logfile instead of to stderr
4490ERST
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004491
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004492DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
4493 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
4494 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004495SRST
4496``-dfilter range1[,...]``
4497 Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses.
4498 The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end
4499 where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For
4500 example:
4501
4502 ::
4503
4504 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
4505
4506 Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at
4507 0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and
4508 another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
4509ERST
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004510
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004511DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
4512 "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
4513 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004514SRST
4515``-seed number``
4516 Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number
4517 generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines
4518 within the host.
4519ERST
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004520
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004521DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004522 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
4523 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004524SRST
4525``-L path``
4526 Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
4527
4528 To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``.
4529ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004530
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004531DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Thomas Huth21abf012022-04-27 15:49:06 +02004532 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n",
4533 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_PPC |
4534 QEMU_ARCH_RISCV | QEMU_ARCH_S390X)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004535SRST
4536``-enable-kvm``
4537 Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only
4538 available if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
4539ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004540
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004541DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004542 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n",
4543 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004544DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
4545 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01004546 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004547 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00004548DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
4549 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
4550 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
4551 " xenpv machine type).\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004552 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004553SRST
4554``-xen-domid id``
4555 Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only).
4556
4557``-xen-attach``
4558 Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting
4559 QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to
4560 specified domain id (XEN only).
4561ERST
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004562
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004563DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004564 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004565SRST
4566``-no-reboot``
4567 Exit instead of rebooting.
4568ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004569
4570DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004571 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004572SRST
4573``-no-shutdown``
4574 Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the
4575 emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit
4576 changes to the disk image.
4577ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004578
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004579DEF("action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_action,
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004580 "-action reboot=reset|shutdown\n"
4581 " action when guest reboots [default=reset]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004582 "-action shutdown=poweroff|pause\n"
4583 " action when guest shuts down [default=poweroff]\n"
Ilya Leoshkevich0882caf2022-07-26 00:37:45 +02004584 "-action panic=pause|shutdown|exit-failure|none\n"
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004585 " action when guest panics [default=shutdown]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004586 "-action watchdog=reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n"
4587 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4588 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4589SRST
4590``-action event=action``
4591 The action parameter serves to modify QEMU's default behavior when
4592 certain guest events occur. It provides a generic method for specifying the
4593 same behaviors that are modified by the ``-no-reboot`` and ``-no-shutdown``
4594 parameters.
4595
4596 Examples:
4597
Alejandro Jimenezc753e8e2020-12-11 17:31:52 -05004598 ``-action panic=none``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004599 ``-action reboot=shutdown,shutdown=pause``
Paolo Bonzini5433af72022-09-10 13:44:47 +02004600 ``-device i6300esb -action watchdog=pause``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004601
4602ERST
4603
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004604DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
4605 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004606 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
4607 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004608SRST
4609``-loadvm file``
4610 Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor)
4611ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004612
4613#ifndef _WIN32
4614DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004615 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004616#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004617SRST
4618``-daemonize``
4619 Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not
4620 detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on
4621 any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external
4622 programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization
4623 race conditions.
4624ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004625
4626DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004627 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
4628 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004629SRST
4630``-option-rom file``
4631 Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to
4632 load things like EtherBoot.
4633ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004634
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004635DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06004636 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004637 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
4638 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004639
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004640SRST
4641``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]``
4642 Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at
4643 the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is
4644 required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a
4645 specific point in time, provide datetime in the format
4646 ``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC.
4647
4648 By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows
4649 using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest,
4650 specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate
4651 external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the
4652 guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead,
4653 which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even
4654 prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set
4655 ``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is
4656 recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve
4657 determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the
4658 virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host
4659 clock.
4660
4661 Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift
4662 problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try
4663 to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the
4664 Windows guest and will re-inject them.
4665ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004666
4667DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004668 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>[,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00004669 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02004670 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004671 " or disable real time cpu sleeping, and optionally enable\n" \
4672 " record-and-replay mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004673SRST
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004674``-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename[,rrsnapshot=snapshot]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004675 Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
4676 instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified
4677 then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep
4678 virtual time within a few seconds of real time.
4679
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004680 Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does
4681 not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain
4682 superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The
4683 number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation
4684 with actual performance.
4685
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004686 When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at
4687 default speed unless ``sleep=on`` is specified. With
4688 ``sleep=on``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer
4689 deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and
4690 will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior gives
4691 deterministic execution times from the guest point of view.
4692 The default if icount is enabled is ``sleep=off``.
4693 ``sleep=on`` cannot be used together with either ``shift=auto``
4694 or ``align=on``.
4695
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004696 ``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to
4697 synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
4698 have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift
4699 option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
4700 ``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to
4701 inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when
4702 ``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those
4703 shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock.
4704 Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004705 depends on the host machine). The default if icount is enabled
4706 is ``align=off``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004707
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004708 When the ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is
4709 enabled. The ``rrfile=`` option must also be provided to
4710 specify the path to the replay log. In record mode data is written
4711 to this file, and in replay mode it is read back.
4712 If the ``rrsnapshot`` option is given then it specifies a VM snapshot
4713 name. In record mode, a new VM snapshot with the given name is created
4714 at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option
4715 specifies the snapshot name used to load the initial VM state.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004716ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004717
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004718DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02004719 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004720 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4721 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004722SRST
4723``-watchdog-action action``
4724 The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
4725 expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest).
4726 Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully
4727 shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest),
4728 ``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the
4729 guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none``
4730 (do nothing).
4731
4732 Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds
4733 to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
4734 situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
4735 ``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use.
4736
4737 Examples:
4738
Paolo Bonzini5433af72022-09-10 13:44:47 +02004739 ``-device i6300esb -watchdog-action pause``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004740
4741ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004742
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004743DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004744 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
4745 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004746SRST
4747``-echr numeric_ascii_value``
4748 Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when
4749 using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using
4750 the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing
4751 ``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii
4752 control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z.
4753 For instance you could use the either of the following to change the
4754 escape character to Control-t.
4755
4756 ``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20``
4757
4758ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004759
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004760DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004761 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
4762 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004763 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
4764 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
4765 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
4766 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
Steve Sistare385f5102023-09-08 07:22:11 -07004767 "-incoming file:filename[,offset=offset]\n" \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004768 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
4769 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01004770 " or from given external command\n" \
4771 "-incoming defer\n" \
4772 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004773 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004774SRST
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004775``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004776 \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004777``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004778 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
4779
4780``-incoming unix:socketpath``
4781 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
4782
4783``-incoming fd:fd``
Steve Sistare2a9e2e52023-09-08 07:22:10 -07004784 Accept incoming migration from a given file descriptor.
4785
Steve Sistare385f5102023-09-08 07:22:11 -07004786``-incoming file:filename[,offset=offset]``
4787 Accept incoming migration from a given file starting at offset.
4788 offset allows the common size suffixes, or a 0x prefix, but not both.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004789
4790``-incoming exec:cmdline``
4791 Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external
4792 command.
4793
4794``-incoming defer``
4795 Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor
4796 can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior
4797 to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
4798ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004799
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304800DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
4801 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004802SRST
4803``-only-migratable``
4804 Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter
4805 an unmigratable state.
4806ERST
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304807
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004808DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004809 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004810SRST
4811``-nodefaults``
4812 Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default
4813 devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor
4814 device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The
4815 ``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices.
4816ERST
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004817
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004818#ifndef _WIN32
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004819DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01004820 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
4821 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004822 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004823#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004824SRST
4825``-runas user``
4826 Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges,
4827 switching to the specified user.
4828ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004829
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004830DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
4831 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004832 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
4833 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004834SRST
4835``-prom-env variable=value``
4836 Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only).
4837
4838 ::
4839
4840 qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4841 -prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single'
4842
4843 ::
4844
4845 qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4846 -prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \
4847 -prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf'
4848ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004849DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02004850 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004851 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004852 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004853SRST
4854``-semihosting``
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004855 Enable :ref:`Semihosting` mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V only).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004856
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004857 .. warning::
4858 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4859 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004860
4861 See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further
4862 information about the facilities this enables.
4863ERST
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004864DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004865 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004866 " semihosting configuration\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004867QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004868QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004869SRST
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004870``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]``
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004871 Enable and configure :ref:`Semihosting` (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004872 only).
4873
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00004874 .. warning::
4875 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4876 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004877
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004878 ``target=native|gdb|auto``
4879 Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU
4880 (``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which
4881 means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise.
4882
4883 ``chardev=str1``
4884 Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto
4885 output when not in gdb
4886
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004887 ``userspace=on|off``
4888 Allows code running in guest userspace to access the semihosting
4889 interface. The default is that only privileged guest code can
4890 make semihosting calls. Note that setting ``userspace=on`` should
4891 only be used if all guest code is trusted (for example, in
4892 bare-metal test case code).
4893
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004894 ``arg=str1,arg=str2,...``
4895 Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used
4896 multiple times to build up a list. The old-style
4897 ``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is
4898 still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
4899 ``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are
4900 specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always
4901 takes precedence.
4902ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004903DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004904 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004905SRST
4906``-old-param``
4907 Old param mode (ARM only).
4908ERST
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004909
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004910DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004911 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004912 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004913 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
4914 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
4915 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004916 " C library implementations.\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004917 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny the QEMU process ability\n" \
4918 " to elevate privileges using set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004919 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004920 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
4921 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004922 " blocking *fork and execve\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004923 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004924 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004925SRST
4926``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]``
4927 Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall
4928 filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'.
4929
4930 ``obsolete=string``
4931 Enable Obsolete system calls
4932
4933 ``elevateprivileges=string``
4934 Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls
4935
4936 ``spawn=string``
4937 Disable \*fork and execve
4938
4939 ``resourcecontrol=string``
4940 Disable process affinity and schedular priority
4941ERST
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004942
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004943DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Paolo Bonzinie960a7e2022-04-14 10:57:21 -04004944 "-readconfig <file>\n"
4945 " read config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004946SRST
4947``-readconfig file``
4948 Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when
4949 you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but
4950 you don't want to exceed the command line character limit.
4951ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004952
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004953DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
4954 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004955 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004956 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004957SRST
4958``-no-user-config``
4959 The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the
4960 user-provided config files on sysconfdir.
4961ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004962
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004963DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03004964 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
Lluís23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004965 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004966 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004967SRST
4968``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004969 .. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004970
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004971ERST
Lluís Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004972DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin,
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004973 "-plugin [file=]<file>[,<argname>=<argvalue>]\n"
Lluís Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004974 " load a plugin\n",
4975 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004976SRST
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004977``-plugin file=file[,argname=argvalue]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004978 Load a plugin.
4979
4980 ``file=file``
4981 Load the given plugin from a shared library file.
4982
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004983 ``argname=argvalue``
4984 Argument passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004985ERST
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004986
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01004987HXCOMM Internal use
4988DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4989DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02004990
Thomas Huth9ffcbe22023-07-03 09:44:47 +02004991#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Claudio Imbrenda80bd81c2023-05-05 14:00:51 +02004992DEF("run-with", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_run_with,
Thomas Huth9ffcbe22023-07-03 09:44:47 +02004993 "-run-with [async-teardown=on|off][,chroot=dir]\n"
4994 " Set miscellaneous QEMU process lifecycle options:\n"
4995 " async-teardown=on enables asynchronous teardown (Linux only)\n"
4996 " chroot=dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
Claudio Imbrenda80bd81c2023-05-05 14:00:51 +02004997 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4998SRST
Thomas Huth9ffcbe22023-07-03 09:44:47 +02004999``-run-with [async-teardown=on|off][,chroot=dir]``
Claudio Imbrenda80bd81c2023-05-05 14:00:51 +02005000 Set QEMU process lifecycle options.
5001
5002 ``async-teardown=on`` enables asynchronous teardown. A new process called
5003 "cleanup/<QEMU_PID>" will be created at startup sharing the address
5004 space with the main QEMU process, using clone. It will wait for the
5005 main QEMU process to terminate completely, and then exit. This allows
5006 QEMU to terminate very quickly even if the guest was huge, leaving the
5007 teardown of the address space to the cleanup process. Since the cleanup
5008 process shares the same cgroups as the main QEMU process, accounting is
5009 performed correctly. This only works if the cleanup process is not
5010 forcefully killed with SIGKILL before the main QEMU process has
5011 terminated completely.
Thomas Huth9ffcbe22023-07-03 09:44:47 +02005012
5013 ``chroot=dir`` can be used for doing a chroot to the specified directory
5014 immediately before starting the guest execution. This is especially useful
5015 in combination with -runas.
Claudio Imbrenda80bd81c2023-05-05 14:00:51 +02005016ERST
5017#endif
Claudio Imbrendac891c242022-08-12 15:34:53 +02005018
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04005019DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07005020 "-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n"
Markus Armbrusterdeda4972019-10-10 10:15:08 +02005021 " control error message format\n"
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07005022 " timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n"
5023 " guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n"
5024 " -name guest option is set (default: off)\n",
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04005025 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005026SRST
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07005027``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005028 Control error message format.
5029
5030 ``timestamp=on|off``
5031 Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off.
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07005032
5033 ``guest-name=on|off``
5034 Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set
5035 otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005036ERST
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04005037
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05305038DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
5039 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
5040 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
5041 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
5042 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02005043 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05305044 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005045SRST
5046``-dump-vmstate file``
5047 Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to
5048 file in file
5049ERST
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05305050
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04005051DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
5052 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
5053 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
5054 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005055SRST
5056``-enable-sync-profile``
5057 Enable synchronization profiling.
5058ERST
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04005059
Ilya Leoshkevich5584e2d2023-01-12 16:20:13 +01005060#if defined(CONFIG_TCG) && defined(CONFIG_LINUX)
5061DEF("perfmap", 0, QEMU_OPTION_perfmap,
5062 "-perfmap generate a /tmp/perf-${pid}.map file for perf\n",
5063 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
5064SRST
5065``-perfmap``
5066 Generate a map file for Linux perf tools that will allow basic profiling
5067 information to be broken down into basic blocks.
5068ERST
5069
5070DEF("jitdump", 0, QEMU_OPTION_jitdump,
5071 "-jitdump generate a jit-${pid}.dump file for perf\n",
5072 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
5073SRST
5074``-jitdump``
5075 Generate a dump file for Linux perf tools that maps basic blocks to symbol
5076 names, line numbers and JITted code.
5077ERST
5078#endif
5079
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01005080DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02005081
5082DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01005083
5084DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
5085 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
5086 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
5087 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
5088 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
5089 " '/objects' path.\n",
5090 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005091SRST
5092``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]``
5093 Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order
5094 they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These
5095 objects are placed in the '/objects' path.
5096
David Hildenbrande92666b2023-09-06 14:04:55 +02005097 ``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align,offset=offset,readonly=on|off,rom=on|off|auto``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005098 Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
5099 the guest RAM with huge pages.
5100
5101 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08005102 reference this memory region in other parameters, e.g. ``-numa``,
5103 ``-device nvdimm``, etc.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005104
5105 The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08005106 accepts common suffixes, e.g. ``500M``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005107
5108 The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or
5109 huge page filesystem mount.
5110
5111 The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory
5112 region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter
5113 allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory
5114 region.
5115
5116 The ``share`` is also required for pvrdma devices due to
5117 limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
5118
5119 Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
5120 bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
5121 Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
5122 source tree for additional details.
5123
5124 Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that
5125 file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid
5126 unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that
5127 ``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not
5128 discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated
5129 using SIGKILL.
5130
5131 The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
5132 MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider
5133 the pages for memory deduplication.
5134
5135 Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory
5136 from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP.
5137
5138 The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation.
5139
5140 The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of
5141 NUMA host nodes.
5142
5143 The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the
5144 following values:
5145
5146 ``default``
5147 default host policy
5148
5149 ``preferred``
5150 prefer the given host node list for allocation
5151
5152 ``bind``
5153 restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
5154
5155 ``interleave``
5156 interleave memory allocations across the given host node
5157 list
5158
5159 The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when
5160 QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg
5161 ``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an
5162 alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the
5163 device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
5164 such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this
5165 option.
5166
Alexander Graf4b870dc2023-04-03 22:14:21 +00005167 The ``offset`` option specifies the offset into the target file
5168 that the region starts at. You can use this parameter to back
5169 multiple regions with a single file.
5170
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005171 The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified
5172 by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be
5173 accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel
5174 NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary
5175 operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to
5176 ``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live
5177 migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC
5178 flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for
5179 ``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC
5180 requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel
5181 4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX
5182 option.
5183
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00005184 The ``readonly`` option specifies whether the backing file is opened
5185 read-only or read-write (default).
5186
David Hildenbrande92666b2023-09-06 14:04:55 +02005187 The ``rom`` option specifies whether to create Read Only Memory
5188 (ROM) that cannot be modified by the VM. Any write attempts to such
5189 ROM will be denied. Most use cases want proper RAM instead of ROM.
5190 However, selected use cases, like R/O NVDIMMs, can benefit from
5191 ROM. If set to ``on``, create ROM; if set to ``off``, create
5192 writable RAM; if set to ``auto`` (default), the value of the
5193 ``readonly`` option is used. This option is primarily helpful when
5194 we want to have writable RAM in configurations that would
5195 traditionally create ROM before the ``rom`` option was introduced:
5196 VM templating, where we want to open a file readonly
5197 (``readonly=on``) and mark the memory to be private for QEMU
5198 (``share=off``). For this use case, we need writable RAM instead
5199 of ROM, and want to also set ``rom=off``.
5200
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005201 ``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave``
5202 Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the
5203 guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the
5204 ``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM.
5205 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
5206 options.
5207
5208 ``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size``
5209 Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows
5210 QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when
5211 using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and
5212 optional sealing. (Linux only)
5213
5214 The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block
5215 further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
5216
5217 The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in
5218 the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction
5219 with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify
5220 the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb
5221 page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the
5222 system).
5223
5224 In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is
5225 incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux
5226 4.16).
5227
5228 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
5229 other options.
5230
5231 The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd.
5232
Eric Auger6e6d8ac2023-11-21 16:44:00 +08005233 ``-object iommufd,id=id[,fd=fd]``
5234 Creates an iommufd backend which allows control of DMA mapping
5235 through the ``/dev/iommu`` device.
5236
5237 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends (such as
5238 vfio-pci of vdpa) will use to connect with the iommufd backend.
5239
5240 The ``fd`` parameter is an optional pre-opened file descriptor
5241 resulting from ``/dev/iommu`` opening. Usually the iommufd is shared
5242 across all subsystems, bringing the benefit of centralized
5243 reference counting.
5244
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005245 ``-object rng-builtin,id=id``
5246 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
5247 from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
5248 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
5249 ``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device
5250 uses this RNG backend.
5251
5252 ``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random``
5253 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
5254 from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
5255 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
5256 ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies
5257 which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to
5258 ``/dev/urandom``.
5259
5260 ``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid``
5261 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
5262 from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id``
5263 parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
5264 entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev``
5265 parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that
5266 provides the connection to the RNG daemon.
5267
5268 ``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off``
5269 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
5270 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
5271 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
5272 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
5273 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
5274 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
5275 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
5276 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this
5277 is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
5278
5279 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
5280 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
5281 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
5282 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
5283 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5284 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5285 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
5286 upfront and saved.
5287
5288 ``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]``
5289 Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which
5290 can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The
5291 ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use
5292 to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server``
5293 or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that
5294 uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server.
5295 For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be
5296 sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu".
5297
5298 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is
5299 called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This
5300 file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool``
5301 program.
5302
5303 For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem
5304 providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server.
5305 If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH
5306 parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5307 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5308 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up
5309 front and saved.
5310
5311 ``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id``
5312 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
5313 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
5314 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
5315 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
5316 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
5317 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
5318 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
5319 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509
5320 certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided
5321 with valid client certificates too.
5322
5323 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
5324 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
5325 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
5326 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
5327 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5328 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5329 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
5330 upfront and saved.
5331
5332 For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain
5333 further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates
5334 must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem,
5335 ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers),
5336 server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients),
5337 and client-key.pem (only clients).
5338
5339 For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain
5340 sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
5341 version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the
5342 ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the
5343 password for decryption.
5344
5345 The priority parameter allows to override the global default
5346 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
5347 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
5348 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
5349 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
5350 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
5351 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
5352 string as described at
5353 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
5354
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé993aec22018-10-11 20:21:11 +02005355 ``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority``
5356 Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control
5357 the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted
5358 to use.
5359
5360 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to
5361 access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the
5362 host.
5363
5364 The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default
5365 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
5366 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
5367 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
5368 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
5369 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
5370 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
5371 string as described at
5372 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
5373
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005374 An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot.
5375 The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted
5376 TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via
5377 fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER
5378 objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring
5379 guest-side TLS.
5380
5381 In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy
5382 is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property.
5383 Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to
5384 refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config.
5385
5386 .. parsed-literal::
5387
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005388 # |qemu_system| \\
5389 -object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \\
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005390 -fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0
5391
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005392 ``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5393 Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery:
5394 all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are
5395 delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in
5396 microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the
5397 netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status
5398 for netfilter will be 'on'.
5399
5400 queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any
5401 netfilter.
5402
5403 ``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the
5404 transmit queue of the netdev (default).
5405
5406 ``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the
5407 netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
5408
5409 ``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the
5410 netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
5411
5412 position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the
5413 filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied
5414 to any netfilter.
5415
5416 ``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list,
5417 before any existing filters.
5418
5419 ``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list,
5420 behind any existing filters (default).
5421
5422 ``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter
5423 specified by <id>, see the insert option below.
5424
5425 insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert
5426 the new filter relative to the one specified with
5427 position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter.
5428
5429 ``before``: insert before the specified filter.
5430
5431 ``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default).
5432
5433 ``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5434 filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to
5435 chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5436 filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5437
5438 ``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5439 filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net
5440 packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to
5441 filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector
5442 will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a
5443 filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id
5444 can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at
5445 least one of indev or outdev need to be specified.
5446
5447 ``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5448 Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp
5449 packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp
5450 connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make
5451 tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the
5452 vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
5453
5454 usage: colo secondary: -object
5455 filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object
5456 filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object
5457 filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
5458
5459 ``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5460 Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by
5461 filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are
5462 stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with
5463 tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark.
5464
Zhang Chena2e5cb72020-06-24 09:20:41 +08005465 ``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]``
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005466 Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and
5467 secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet
5468 and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output
5469 primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do
5470 checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to
5471 improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in
5472 another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5473 colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5474 The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the
5475 colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms}
5476 is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets.
5477 The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue
5478 size depend on user environment.
5479 If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to
Zhang Chen9cc43c92020-03-18 16:23:19 +08005480 notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005481
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005482 COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror,
5483 filter-redirector and filter-rewriter.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005484
5485 ::
5486
5487 KVM COLO
5488
5489 primary:
Michael Tokarev7aa94e52024-01-07 14:24:59 +03005490 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005491 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005492 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5493 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5494 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005495 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005496 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005497 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
5498 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5499 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5500 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5501 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5502 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
5503
5504 secondary:
Michael Tokarev7aa94e52024-01-07 14:24:59 +03005505 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005506 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5507 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5508 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5509 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5510 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5511
5512
5513 Xen COLO
5514
5515 primary:
Michael Tokarev7aa94e52024-01-07 14:24:59 +03005516 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005517 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005518 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5519 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5520 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005521 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005522 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005523 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005524 -chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005525 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5526 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5527 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5528 -object iothread,id=iothread1
Manos Pitsidianakis835f3642024-02-20 10:52:23 +02005529 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=notify_way,iothread=iothread1
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005530
5531 secondary:
Michael Tokarev7aa94e52024-01-07 14:24:59 +03005532 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005533 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5534 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5535 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5536 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5537 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5538
5539 If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can
5540 read the colo-compare git log.
5541
5542 ``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01005543 Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto operations from
5544 the QEMU cipher APIs. The id parameter is a unique ID that will
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005545 be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the
5546 ``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional,
5547 which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default
5548 of queues is 1.
5549
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005550 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005551
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005552 # |qemu_system| \\
5553 [...] \\
5554 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \\
5555 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005556 [...]
5557
5558 ``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]``
5559 Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev
5560 chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5561 reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto``
5562 device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one.
5563 The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass
5564 vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
5565 end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which
5566 specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue
5567 vhost-user, the default of queues is 1.
5568
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005569 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005570
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005571 # |qemu_system| \\
5572 [...] \\
5573 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \\
5574 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \\
5575 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005576 [...]
5577
5578 ``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005579 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005580 ``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
5581 Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some
5582 other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed
5583 directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file
5584 parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the
5585 sensitive data is encrypted.
5586
5587 The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default),
5588 or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports
5589 valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending
5590 binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is
5591 provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password
5592 can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
5593 encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
5594
5595 For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data
5596 associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of
5597 encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv
5598 parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously
5599 defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This
5600 key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv
5601 parameter provides the random initialization vector used for
5602 encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64
5603 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
5604
5605 The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
5606
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005607 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005608
5609 # |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
5610
5611 The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
5612
5613 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object
5614 secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
5615
5616 For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate
5617 usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt
5618 the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be
5619 padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard
5620 PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
5621
5622 First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
5623
5624 ::
5625
5626 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
5627 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5628
5629 Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random
5630 initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept
5631 secret
5632
5633 ::
5634
5635 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
5636 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5637
5638 The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case
5639 we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could
5640 be left as raw bytes if desired.
5641
5642 ::
5643
5644 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
5645 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
5646
5647 When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to
5648 ``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user
5649 password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret
5650
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005651 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005652
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005653 # |qemu_system| \\
5654 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \\
5655 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005656 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
5657
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005658 ``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file,kernel-hashes=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005659 Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object,
5660 which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support
5661 on AMD processors.
5662
5663 When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address
5664 bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is
5665 protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit
5666 position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user
5667 must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
5668
5669 When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in
5670 physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to
5671 provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space.
5672 Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC,
Tom Lendacky326e3012022-09-30 10:14:28 -05005673 a guest will lose a maximum of 1 bit, so the value should be 1.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005674
5675 The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for
5676 communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure
5677 Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware
5678 supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by
5679 CCP driver.
5680
5681 The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the
5682 SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational
5683 commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The
5684 policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the
5685 guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the
5686 guest. The default is 0.
5687
5688 If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV
5689 guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest
5690 from which to share the key.
5691
5692 The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest
5693 owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH
5694 and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic
5695 session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for
5696 attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
5697
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005698 The ``kernel-hashes`` adds the hashes of given kernel/initrd/
5699 cmdline to a designated guest firmware page for measured Linux
5700 boot with -kernel. The default is off. (Since 6.2)
5701
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005702 e.g to launch a SEV guest
5703
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005704 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005705
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005706 # |qemu_system_x86| \\
5707 ...... \\
Tom Lendacky326e3012022-09-30 10:14:28 -05005708 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=1 \\
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005709 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005710 .....
5711
5712 ``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string``
5713 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5714 network services.
5715
5716 The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format
5717 depends on the network service that authorization object is
5718 associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates,
5719 the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care
5720 must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name.
5721
5722 An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished
5723 name would look like:
5724
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005725 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005726
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005727 # |qemu_system| \\
5728 ... \\
5729 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005730 ...
5731
5732 Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name
5733 containing whitespace, and escaping of ','.
5734
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005735 ``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005736 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5737 network services.
5738
5739 The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
5740 containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
5741
5742 An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might
5743 look like:
5744
5745 ::
5746
5747 {
5748 "rules": [
5749 { "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5750 { "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5751 { "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" },
5752 { "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5753 ],
5754 "policy": "deny"
5755 }
5756
5757 When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules
5758 and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value
5759 returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default
5760 ``policy`` value is returned.
5761
5762 The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use
5763 the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be
5764 used.
5765
5766 If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and
5767 automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
5768
5769 As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity
5770 strings being matched depends on the network service, but is
5771 usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
5772
5773 An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
5774 would look like:
5775
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005776 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005777
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005778 # |qemu_system| \\
5779 ... \\
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005780 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=on \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005781 ...
5782
5783 ``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string``
5784 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5785 network services.
5786
5787 The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to
5788 use for authorization. It requires that a file
5789 ``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for
5790 the ``account`` subsystem.
5791
5792 An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509
5793 distinguished name would look like:
5794
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005795 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005796
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005797 # |qemu_system| \\
5798 ... \\
5799 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005800 ...
5801
5802 There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
5803 ``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains:
5804
5805 ::
5806
5807 account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
5808 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
5809
5810 Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01005811 of x509 distinguished names that are permitted access
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005812
5813 ::
5814
5815 CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
5816
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005817 ``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink,aio-max-batch=aio-max-batch``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005818 Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be
5819 assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device
5820 emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread.
5821 This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device
5822 emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs.
5823
5824 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5825 reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``.
5826 Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not
5827 all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter.
5828
5829 The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports
5830 their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU
5831 pinning/affinity.
5832
5833 IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop
5834 latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor
5835 file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an
5836 event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for
5837 a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable
5838 for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the
5839 workload and/or host device latency.
5840
5841 The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of
5842 nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by
5843 setting this value to 0.
5844
5845 The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase
5846 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events
5847 due to not polling long enough.
5848
5849 The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease
5850 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too
5851 long polling without encountering events.
5852
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005853 The ``aio-max-batch`` parameter is the maximum number of requests
5854 in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use
5855 its default.
5856
5857 The IOThread parameters can be modified at run-time using the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005858 ``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's
5859 ``id``):
5860
5861 ::
5862
5863 (qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000
5864ERST
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01005865
5866
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01005867HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
Paolo Bonzinifd5fc4b2021-05-17 07:34:21 -04005868
5869#undef DEF
5870#undef DEFHEADING
5871#undef ARCHHEADING